Loading...
R2022-008 2022-01-10RESOLUTION NO. R2022-8 A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Pearland, Texas, awarding a construction services contract associated with the construction and installation of a generator at the Cowart’s Creek Detention Pump Station, to McDonald Electric, in the amount of $418,469.00. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1.That competitive bids for construction and installation of a generator at the Cowart’s Creek Detention Pump Station have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2.That the City Council hereby awards the bid to McDonald Electric, in the amount of $418,469.00. Section 3.The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a construction services contract for the construction and installation of a generator at the Cowart’s Creek Detention Pump Station. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 10th day of January, A.D., 2022. ________________________________ J. KEVIN COLE MAYOR ATTEST: ________________________________ CRYSTAL ROAN, TRMC, CMC CITY SECRETARY APPROVED AS TO FORM: ________________________________ DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY DocuSign Envelope ID: 53457356-37C3-4014-B09A-A79526731266 Project Manual for: COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR Pearland, Texas 77584 Pt PEARLAND Bid No. : 1022-06 COP Project Number DR2101 November 1, 2021 y'r * °*. MARK H.MADORSKY Prepared B :• 79308 zr p..� Y• 90.1.;l!CENSs o4(', } Ssia;;L E�7 LEAF Engineers 11 Greenwy Plaza, Suite 1510 November 1,2021 Houston, Texas 77046 Project Manual 1K for: COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR Pearland, Texas 77584 . , 'Nfs- 4 Pt,- . '' itr t .4ei, :; ,A. A t A,it k,,,, ,, n . _r-IL .,_ . _ TEXLi AS.. Bid No. : 1022-06 COP Project Number DR2101 ��„ACE 9 F T fx�s trttr� November 1, 2021 ,, MA 4'RK H.MADORSKY) . 79308 Prepared By ' ' ENS ,4�''" SS10NAl Eav I,' LEAF Engineers 11 Greenwy Plaza, Suite 1510 November 1,2021 Houston, Texas 77046 Project Manual, for: COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR 7800, Carrie Lane Pearland, Texas 77584 COP Project No. : DR2101 Bid No. : 1022-06 November 1, 2021 Prepared By: LEAF Engineers 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1510 Houston, Texas 77046 CITY OF PEARLAND BRAZORIA COUNTY, TEXAS TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0—BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Invitation to Bid 00200 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid Proposal 00500 Standard Form of Agreement 00610 Performance Bond 00611 Payment Bond 00612 One-Year Maintenance Bond 00615 Partial Waiver of Lien 00700 General Conditions of Agreement 00800 Special Conditions of Agreement 00811 Wage Scale for Engineering Construction 00900 Addendum No 01 DIVISION 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary of Work 01140 Contractor's Use of Premises 01200 Measurement and Payment Procedures 01220 Unit Prices 01290 Change Order Procedures 01310 Coordination Meetings 01350 Submittals 01380 Construction Photographs 01420 Referenced Standards 01430 Contractor's Quality Control 014523 Structural Testing and Inspection Services 01600 Material and Equipment 01630 Product Options and Substitutions 01760 Project Record Documents 01770 Contract Closeout DIVISION 3—CONCRETE 031000 Concrete Forming and Accessories 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 00010-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TABLE OF CONTENTS 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 20 00 Electrical Distribution Equipment 26 32 13 Engine Generators END OF SECTION 00010-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID Section 00100 INVITATION TO BID CITY OF PEARLAND,TEXAS LOWEST RESPONSIBLE BIDDER Sealed Electronic Bids will be accepted for the following project, in the City's E-bid System. Electronic bids shall be submitted through the City's web site at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. All interested Bidders are required to register as a "supplier" on the City's E-bid System at the above web address and clicking on "Supplier Registration" Registration provides automatic access to any changes to the Plans, Specifications or Bid time and date. However, submission of anE-bid requires completing a short registration questionnaire found on this web site. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below- * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services,Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade(New Construction) For more information regarding registration instructions, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200, included in the project bid documents viewable on the web site. Questions regarding electronic bidding should be directed to City Purchasing Officer at ebids@pearlandtx.gov pearlandtx.gov All Bids submitted electronically will remain confidential until the opening date and time when they will be opened and read into the public record. Bids, shall be submitted on the form provided in the E-bid System and submitted electronically through this system to the City Purchasing Officer, City of Pearland, City Hall Annex located at 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 Electronic bids will be accepted until 2.00 p.m., Tuesday, December 2, 2021 All Bids shall reference the following project information in the appropriate locations in provided electronic format. All properly submitted bids shall be publicly "opened" and read aloud into the public record following the closing of the acceptance period for the construction of: Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station Generator City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR2101 BID NO.: 1022-06 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at the City of Pearland City Hall Council Chambers at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 at 10:00 AM. on November 18,2021. The project will entail the replacement of the Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator at 7800 Carrie Lane, Pearland, Texas 77584 This work includes but is not limited to replacing manual transfer switch with new automatic transfer switch. Provide new electrical equipment and new 06-2019 00100- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID 500 kva diesel generator with skid tank. Provide all necessary structural concrete paving, elevated slabs and platform walkway/working area. Upon award of a contract, the successful Bidder will be required to utilize the City's web based project management software, "Pro-Trak" for the administration of the construction project, including but not limited to,all transmittals and material submittals,RFI's,RFC's,Change Orders, Applications for Payment and all project communications with the City, its Construction Manager and Engineer This system has certain hardware, Internet access and operation requirements that form the basis for all project communications,documentation and records for the project.For more information, see INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, Section 00200 Electronic Bid Documents: including Contract Documents, Plans and Technical Specifications are available for download on the City's Website at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx upon registration. The documents are NOT viewable without registration. These same documents may also available at the following locations. Amtek Plan Room (281) 376-4577 4001 Sherwood Houston,TX 77092 The Associated General Contractors of Amenca,Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 350 Houston, TX 77057 Virtual Builders Exchange (832) 613-0201 7035 W Tidwell Building J, Suite 112 Houston, TX 77092 No plan fees or deposits are required for plans and bid documents obtained through the City's E- bid System. BIDDERS MUST REGISTER AS A SUPPLIER ON THE CITY'S E-BID SYSTEM IN ORDER TO SUBMIT A BID EVEN IF BID DOCUMENTS ARE OBTAINED VIA ONE OF THE PLAN HOUSES Bidders accept sole responsibility for downloading all of the required documents, plans, specifications bid forms and addenda required for bidding. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of ninety (90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s) Bid Security and Bonds: Bid Secunty in the form of Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of the sealed Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 06-2019 00100-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INVITATION TO BID The successful Bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code or other applicable law, as amended, upon the form included in the Contract Documents, in the amount of one hundred percent(100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of"Treasury Department Circular No 570", naming the City of Pearland,Texas as Obligee. Additionally,the successful bidder shall be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work, as provided in the Special Conditions of Agreement. Equal Opportunity: All responsible bidders will receive consideration for award of contract without regard to race, color,religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor, sub-recipient, or sub-contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this agreement, which may result in the termination of this agreement or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. Nondiscrimination: The City, in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U S.C. 2000d to 2000d-4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, Subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, Nondiscrimination in Federally- Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. DBE/SBE Goal: The Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goal for this project is 0%. The Small Business Enterprise (SBE) goal for this project is 0%. DBEs and SBEs selected must be TxDOT approved. Race neutral participation is encouraged and can be achieved through various supplier and subcontracting opportunities. Selection Criteria: The Contract is to be awarded on the basis of Lowest Responsible Bidder In identifying this criteria the City will consider 1) lowest total bid price for all work listed and specifically requested, including but not limited to Base Bid, Extra Work items and selected Alternates. The City of Pearland reserves the right to award a contract based on any combination of the above considered to be in its best interests or to reject any or all bids. A bid that has been"opened"may not be changed for the purposes of correcting an error in the bid price. Crystal Roan City Secretary, City of Pearland First Publication date November 10, 2021 Second Publication date November 17, 2021 06-2019 00100-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 I INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (LRB) 1 Defined Terms 1 1 The term "Owner" hereinafter is defined as the City of Pearland and is used interchangeably with the term "the City" Both terms are synonymous and refer to the City of Pearland and may be used inter-changeably 1.2 The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid Proposal directly to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder The term "Successful Bidder" means the Lowest Responsible Bidder to whom the Owner (on the basis of Owner's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bid Documents" includes the Invitation to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,the Bid Proposal, and the proposed Contract Documents(plans and specifications including all Addenda issued prior to bid opening) 1.3 The term"E-bid System" refers to the City's electronic bidding system. This is a web- based system (Ion Wave) that provides all Bid Documents electronically to interested parties (potential Bidders and forms the pathway for Bidders to submit bids in response to The Invitation to Bid. The term "e-bid" and/ or "electronic bid" means the Bidders' electronic response submitted on the electronic Bid Proposal with all required attachments to the Owner by way of the E-bid System. The terms "electronic bid" or"e-bid" are used inter-changeably to describe the above bid submittal process to submit a bid to the City in response to an Invitation to Bidders. 14 The term "Pro-Trak" means the City's web-based contract administration and construction records management software used by the contracting parties to administer the project. This system serves as the web accessed centralized project information hub for communications and document management, pay application processing and record retention for all project documentation. Operational instructions for accessing this system will be issued to the successful Bidder at the pre-Construction Meeting. 1.5 All other definitions set out in the Contract Documents are applicable to terms used in the Bidding Documents. 1 6 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to "day(s)" shall mean consecutive calendar day(s). 1 7 The term"Alternate(s)"or"Add Alternate(s)"as used here inter-changeably are defined as an additive work item that may be selected or rejected by the Owner based on the Owner's sole acceptance or rejection of the price proposed for this item. Alternate bid prices shall include all labor,material, equipment and overhead costs to perform the work as specified, complete in place. When selected by the Owner,the costs for an Alternate work item shall be added to the Base Bid price and made a part of the Contract pnce. 2. Registration for E-bid System 2.1 The Owner's E-bid System is accessible via the City's web site at https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx. Bid documents can be viewed by simply selecting a specific project from the BID OPPORTUNITIES list and clicking on that project AFTER registration as a Supplier Interested Bidders MUST REGISTER as a "Supplier" by clicking on 08-2018 00200- 1 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS the Supplier Registration button and completing the registration form. When prompted to add or remove commodity codes registrants must add the codes listed below. * Building Construction Services,New(Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, General (Includes Mamtenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Heavy (Includes Maintenance and Repair Services) * Construction Services, Trade(New Construction) Select the appropriate Time Zone for the Bidder's location and whether that location observes Daylight Savings time Complete the registration information providing all required contact information and establish password security for the E-bid System. Once complete, "suppliers" will receive emails notifying of future bid opportunities. Downloading any project bid data will automatically place the bidder's contact information on the list of plan holders and the E-bid System will automatically send any and all updates, addenda, changes or additional information associated with that project. 2.2 The electronic Bid Proposal can only be submitted through this system. The form can be printed for Bidder's use, but the Bid Proposal MUST be submitted on the electronic form within the E-bid System. 2.3 Questions regarding use of the E-bid System may be directed by email to ebids@pearlandtx.gov 3 Copies of Bidding Documents 3 1 Complete sets of "electronic" Bidding Documents are available for download to registered Bidders at No Cost from the City's E-bid System at: https.//pearland.ionwave.net/Login.aspx.Interested Bidders must register as a"Supplier"on this site in order to receive the Bid Documents, and all Addenda or other notifications of changes, including communications from the Owner or Engineer All Bid Documents are available to download and print. 3.2 The Bidder accepts sole responsibility for ensuring that he obtains a full set of these documents by completing the registration and executing a full and complete download of the project documents. Downloading of Bid Documents automatically ensures receipt of any and all subsequent communications,addenda or additional information from the City or its Engineer 3.3 Copies of Bidding Documents are available or may be viewed at any of the Plan Houses listed in the Invitation to Bidders. It is recommended that all interested Bidders,whether bidding directly to the Owner or Sub-bidders/Vendors providing pricing to a Bidder, register as a Supplier and download all of the project Bid Documents. 3 4 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bid Proposals, neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents including,but not limited to all Addenda issued prior to bid. 3.5 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bid Proposals on the Work, and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 08-2018 00200-2 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 Qualifications of Bidders 4 1 In determining to whom to award a contract, the City of Pearland may consider, in addition to the other selection criteria identified in section 16 of these Instructions to Bidders, the following Qualifications of Bidder, and each Bidder must be prepared to submit within two (2)days of Owner's request any or all of such Qualifications requested. Failure to provide this information within the specified time frame may be cause for rejection of the Bid. 1) A brief narrative of previous experience of the Bidder with projects of a similar nature and scope; specifically including a list of 5 representative projects completed by the Bidder of a similar nature and scope to the work covered by this proposed Contract. The references for the projects provided must include the cost of the project,Owner's name,Engineer or pnme contact and telephone number; 2) A list, including owner name and project location, of on-going projects and contracts for construction of projects of the Bidder which are not yet substantially complete including total contract value and current percent complete by payment; 3) A list of proposed subcontractors and suppliers for the project being bid and the total value of work awarded to subcontractors as shown on the Subcontractors List Bid Form, 4)A list of names, address and telephone number of references for other projects completed by Bidder; and 5)A Financial Statement of Bidder,consisting of the balance sheet and annual income statement of Bidder for the Bidder's last fiscal year end preceding the submission of the Bid Proposal, which has been audited or examined by an independent certified public accountant. The Financial Statement of Bidder shall be used to determine a Bidder's net working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities. A Bidder's net working capital shall be considered evidence of the Bidder's ability to provide sufficient financial management of the project being bid. The Bidder's Financial Statement shall be clearly and conspicuously marked as "confidential", and shall be deemed and treated as confidential and excepted from the Public Information disclosure requirements of Texas Government Code Section 552.001 et seq., as such information, if released, would give advantage to a competitor or bidder, and/or would cause substantial competitive harm to Bidder 5 Examination of Contract Documents and Site 5 1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid Proposal, to (a) examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost,progress,performance or furnishing of the Work, (c)consider federal, state and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work,(d)study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors, omissions or discrepancies in the Contract Documents,(f)to recognize and plan for use of the City's"Pro-Trak"software to administer the construction process and perform the work of the project. 5.2 Any reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents will be made available to Bidders for review,but such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. Bidder may not and should not rely upon the accuracy of the data contamed in such reports, interpretations or opinions contained therein, or the completeness thereof, for the purposes of bidding or construction. 08-2018 00200-3 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND / INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to underground utilities, equipment or other underground facilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and Owner does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. 5 4 Before submitting a Bid Proposal, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations,investigations,explorations,tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and underground facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work and which Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid Proposal prices for performing and furnishing the Work in accordance with the Contract Time, Contract Pnce and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 5.5 On request in advance, Owner will provide each prospective Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each prospective Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid Proposal. Prospective Bidders shall fill all holes, clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. 5 6 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands, access thereto or contractual arrangements for use by the Contractor required for temporary construction facilities or storage of matenals and equipment are to be provided by Contractor Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by Owner unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 5 7 The submission of a Bid Proposal will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4,that without exception the Bid Proposal is premised upon performing and furnishing all of the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in, required by or reasonably inferred from the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 6 Interpretations and Addenda 6 1 All questions about the meanmg or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to Engineer Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered or transmitted by electronic means to all registered Bidders in the City's E-bid System. Questions received less than five (5) days pnor to the date for opening of Bid Proposals may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 6.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by Owner or Engineer Addenda will automatically be made available to all registered Bidders that have downloaded Bid Documents from the City's E-bid System. 08-2018 00200-4 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 Bid Secunty 7 1 Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid Proposal price, in the form of a certified check, cashier's check or a Bid Bond("Bid Security") 7.2 Bidders submitting bids through the E-bid System shall scan and up-load a copy of their Bid Security(sealed Bid Bond,Certified Check or Cashier's Check)as an attachment to their electronic bid. Original documents for Bid Security shall be requested by the City from the lowest two bidders and delivered to the City's Purchasing Officer within 48 business hours of the Bid Opening. Bid Security shall be delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 7.3 The Bid Secunty of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such time as Bidder has executed the Standard Form of Agreement,and furnished the required Performance and Payment Bonds, whereupon the Bid Security of both bidders will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish the required performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days after the Notice of Award, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and shall be entitled to make a claim against the Bid Security The Bid Security of other Bidders will be retained until the Contract is awarded and the Standard Form of Agreement becomes effective, or all bids are rejected, whereupon Bid Security furnished by all such Bidders will be returned. 8 Contract Time 8 1 The number of days in which the Work is to be Substantially Completed, as set forth in the Bid Proposal form and the Standard Form of Agreement, subject to such extension of time as may be due under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents ("Contract Time"). All references to "time" or"days"shall be interpreted as consecutive calendar days. 9 Liquidated Damages and Early Completion Bonus 9 1 Provisions for liquidated damages and early completion bonus,if any,are set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement. 10 Substitute or "Or-Equal" Items 10 1 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of the specified materials and equipment described in the Plans and Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or- equal" items unless otherwise stated. Whenever it is indicated in the Plans or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item of matenal or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the Agreement becomes effective. All "or-equal" references shall be interpreted to mean "or Owner approved equal" Any substitution made by the Bidder upon which the bid is based shall be at the Bidder's sole risk. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00200-5 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11 Bid Form 11 1 The Bid Proposal form (Section 00300 — Bid Proposal) is included with the Bidding Documents when downloaded. This Document must be pnnted and signed, as required below, and then uploaded as an Attachment to the Bid. 11.2 All E-bids must be submitted on the City's official E-bid System Bid Proposal document. All blanks on the Bid Proposal form must be completed or filled in. The Bidder shall bid all Alternates, if any Incomplete Bid Proposals may be cause for rejection. 11.3 Bid Proposals by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president(or other corporate officer accompanied be evidence of authority to sign)and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid 11 4 Bid Proposals by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner,whose title must appear under the signature, and if a corporate general partner, executed as required above for corporations and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. All names must be typed or printed below the signature. Once executed the document is to be uploaded as an attachment to the Bid. 11.5 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all Addenda (the number of which must be filled in on the Bid Proposal form). Failure to do so could be cause for rejection of the Bid. 11 6 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid Proposal must be shown on the Bid Proposal form. 12. Submission of Bid Proposals 12.1 The place, date and/or time designated for opening Bid Proposals may be changed in accordance with applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any such changes to the Bid Schedule shall be made by Addenda. 12.2 Electronic Bids shall be submitted per the requirements, instructions, terms and conditions as stated in the registration and submittal instructions of the City's E-bid System electromc bidding software. All Bidders utilizing this system MUST register as a potential supplier, (Bidder) E-Bids are submitted directly via the City's Web based system located at https.//pearland.tonwave.net/Logm.aspx. 12.3 Bid Proposals submitted after the bid date and time will be rejected. 13 Modification and Withdrawal of Bid Proposals 13 1 Prior to submission, E-bid Bid Proposals may be modified or withdrawn without prejudice. 13.2 Once submitted, Bid Proposals may only be modified by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid Proposal must be executed) and delivered to Office of City Purchasing, City Hall Annex, 3523 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 and submitted any time prior to the opening of Bid Proposals. 08-2018 00200-6 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 13.3 A Bidder may not modify or withdraw its Bid Proposal by facsimile or verbal means. A withdrawn Bid Proposal may be resubmitted prior to the designated time for opening Bid Proposals. No bid may be withdrawn or terminated for a period of mnety(90) days subsequent to the bid opening date without the consent of the City of Pearland. 13 4 If,within twenty-four(24)hours after Bid Proposals are opened, any Bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material mistake in the preparation of its Bid Proposal, that Bidder may request to withdraw its Bid Proposal and the bid security may be returned or, at the discretion of the Owner, Owner may make a claim against the bid security Thereafter,that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Project to be provided under the Contract Documents. 13.5 Bid securities for unsuccessful Bidders will be returned to bidders once a successful Bidder has be identified and notified of the Owner's intent to award a contract. 14 Opening of Bid Proposals 14 1 Bid Proposals will be opened and(unless obviously non-responsive)read aloud publicly An abstract of the amounts of the base Bid Proposals and major alternates(if any)will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bid Proposals through E-Bid. Bid Proposals, in their entirety, shall be open for public inspection after the contract is awarded, with the exception of any trade secrets or confidential information contained therein, provided Bidder has expressly identified any specific information contained therein as being trade secrets or confidential information. 15 Bid Proposals to Remain Subject to Acceptance 15 1 All Bid Proposals will remain subject to acceptance for ninety (90) days after the day of the Bid Proposal opening,but Owner may,in its sole discretion,release any Bid Proposal and return the bid security prior to that date. 16 Award of Contract 16 1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bid Proposals, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder Owner may reject a bid as non-responsive if: 1) Bidder fails to provide required Bid Security; 2) Bidder improperly or illegibly completes or fails to complete all information required by the Bidding Documents, 3) Bidder fails to sign the Bid Proposal or improperly signs the Bid Proposal, 4) Bidder qualifies its Bid Proposal, 5) Bidder tardily or otherwise improperly submits its Bid Proposal, 6) Bidder fails to submit the Qualifications of Bidder as required under section 4 of these Instructions to Bidders; or 7) Bid Proposal is otherwise non-responsive. Contracts are awarded on the basis of the Lowest Responsible Bidder 16.2 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of bidder, if requested to do so. As required by the Instructions to Bidders and as a condition of Bid acceptability,the Contractor hereby agrees. 08-2018 00200-7 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 That the City, as Owner and Contract Administrator, retains the nght to review and approve the Contractor's and all Subcontractors' qualifications to perform the Work of the Contract and to reject any Subcontractor not meeting the City's standards, as outlined in the General Conditions, or TxDOT's and FHWA qualifications for performing the Work. 16.3 Lowest Responsible Bidder In determining Lowest Responsible Bidder, Owner will consider Lowest Total Bid price for all work including Base Bid, Extra Work, Add Alternates and Cash Allowances, if any, and any other cost criteria. Additional evaluation criteria may include. the Qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bid Proposals comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates,unit pnces and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Proposal form or prior to the Notice of Award. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 16 4 A contract to be awarded to the Lowest Responsible Bidder may be let on either a lump sum basis or a unit cost basis dependent on the Bid Proposal format. 16.5 Acceptance of any and all bids may be conditioned on compliance with the requirement for attendance of the mandatory pre-bid meeting. 16 6 In either case, Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid Proposal and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, to Owner's satisfaction,within the Contract Time. 16 7 Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the Owner, the Professional/Engineer, and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any bid. 17 Contract Security 17 1 When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Standard Form of Agreement to Owner, it must be accompanied by the Performance, Payment, Maintenance and Surface Correction Bonds required by the Contract Documents. Bonds may be on the forms provided herein or an equal form containing no substantive changes, as determined by Owner 18 Signing of Agreement 18 1 When Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement, and the required Performance and Payment Bond forms. Within ten (10) days thereafter Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Standard Form of Agreement to Owner with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor There shall be no contract or agreement between Owner and the Successful Bidder until proper execution and attestation of the Standard Form of Agreement by authorized representatives of the Owner 08-2018 00200-8 of 9 f CITY OF PEARLAND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 19 Pre-bid Conference I 19 1 A pre-bid conference will be held as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. 20 Retainage 20 1 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION r 08-2018 00200-9 of 9 CITY OF PEARLAND BID PROPOSAL Section 00300 ':ID PROPOSAL Date 12/02/21 Lowest Responsible I:id Bid of C. F McDonald Electric, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas/ ,for the construction of: CowanCreek Detention Pump Station Generator City of Pearland,Texas COP PN J DR210Il BI.11 NO. 11022-06 (Submitted in Electronic format) To The Honorable Mayor and City Council of Pearland City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, Texas 77581 Pursuant to the published Invitation to Bidders, and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to perform all the work and furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools and materials, and whatever else may be necessary to complete all the work described in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents for the construction of the Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station Generator, 7800 Carrie Lane, Pearland, Texas 77584 with all related appurtenances, complete, tested, and operational, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications prepared by LEAF Engineers, 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1510, Houston, Texas 77046, for the unit prices or applicable prices set forth in Exhibit "A", the electronic bid form as contained in the City's E-bid system, which, once fully executed and submitted shall constitute a legal and executable proposal from the Bidder It is understood that, in the event any changes are ordered on any part of the Work,the applicable unit prices bid shall apply as additions to or deductions from the total prices for the parts of the Work so changed. The Bid Security required under the Instructions to Bidders is included and has been uploaded as an attachment within the E-bid system and,that a fully executed, signed and sealed hard copy has been delivered to the Office of City Purchasing, Finance Department, City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Drive,Pearland, Texas 77581 The Bidder agrees to submit to the Owner the Qualifications of Bidder, including the Financial Statement of Bidder, as required by the Instructions to Bidders if requested to do so as a condition of the Bid process. The Bidder binds himself, upon acceptance of his proposal, to execute the Standard Form of Agreement and furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Price, according to the forms included in the Contract Documents, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated in Exhibit A of this proposal along with all required insurance in the required amounts. Bidder's Initial's: V" 6-'* 08-2018 00300-1 of 2 a ( CITY OF PEARLAND I:dD P,a,,OPO SAL The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within 10 days of the date of a written Notice to Proceed. It is understood that the Work is to be Substantially Complete within 10 months after the date of the Notice to Proceed. Time for Substantial Completion shall begin on the date established by the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will pay liquidated damages in the amount(s) specified in Section 00500 Standard Form of Agreement, in the event the Work is not Substantially Complete within the Contract Time. The undersigned agrees that the amounts bid in this Bid Proposal will not be withdrawn or modified for ninety (90) days following date of Bid Proposal opening, or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the City of Pearland and Bidder It is understood that in the event the Successful Bidder fails to enter into the Standard Form of Agreement and/or to furnish an acceptable Performance and Payment Bond and Maintenance Bond if required, each in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the Contract Price, along with all required insurance in the stated amounts within ten (10) days of the Notice of Award,the Successful Bidder will forfeit the Bid Security as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references to"day(s)"shall mean calendar day(s). The Bidder acknowledges that the following Addenda have been received. The modifications to the Bidding Documents noted therein have been considered and all costs thereto are included in the Bid Proposal prices. Addendum No 1 Date. 11/23/21 Addendum No. Date. Addendum No Date. Addendum No. Date: Bidder hereby represents that the only person or parties interested in this offer as principals are those named. Bidder has not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement,participated in any collusion,or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free petitive bidding. Firm Name C:F"M 1 r�lectric,I . By. Wayneerl�Bee ,r ice P sident S e Title: Address: 504zeti er Creek ston,TX 77017 Phone No 713-921-1368 ATTEST Diane Dollar, Secretary/Trea rerv-N,,� T 47 (Seal,if Bidder is a Corporation) (Typed or Printed Name) /. �% Signature I Date: 12/02/21 ! END OF SECTION Bidder's Initial's:\A 43h WAY 08-2018 00300-2 of 2 Quantity UOM Description Spec Reference PKHD 1 Base Bid 1 Base Bid Mobilization and Demobilization:Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and Incidentals required for the Contractor to mobilize and demobilize.Shall include all 1 cost for Contractor's Insurance and bonds,construction/building permit and fees. 1505 (Not to exceed 3%of the total bid price) $ 12,000.00 PKLN 1 1 Base Bid Renovation Summary of Work:Furnish and Install all labor,materials,equipment t, 406 469.�0 and Incidentals required for renovations to the buildings and their systems as shown z on the construction documents,Including but not limited to,replacement and new 1 construction for mechanical,electrical,plumbing,building and structural.Base Bid Complete Contract LS Includes all work related to the complete Installation of the new emergency Documents generator and emergency power distribution system modifications.Base bid also Includes all plumbing work and generator gas supply piping and the mechanical system modifications to the mezzanine mechanical room and roof. PKLN 1 2 Base Bid ( ) 12/2/21, 1 19 PM r, City Pearland eBid System t- /ar mclasen97 Response Detail for 1022-06 Addendum 1 (Cowarts Creek Detention Pump Station Generator) 0 0 Return Retract I1 Documents a Response History a Bid History -...,:formation has been changed as part of an addendum. See 'Bid History'for details. Bid Number 1022-06 Addendum 1 (Cowarts Creek Detention Pump Station Generator) .116,4 Close Date&Time 12/2/2021 02.00 00 PM (CT) Time Left 40 minutes 23 seconds Response Status Response Submitted-12/2/2021 01:18:21 PM(CT) Event Details Activities Attachments Attributes Line Items Response Attachments Response Submission Bid Line Items Response Total $418,469 00 Save response disabled.Bid responses can no longer be submitted. # Specification Quantity UOM Response Extended 1 Base Bid 1 $418,469.00 Package Items # Specification Quantity UOM Response Extended 1.1 Mobilization and Demobilization Furnish all labor,materials,equipment 1 LS $12,000.00 $12,000.00 and incidentals required for the Contractor to mobilize and demobilize. Shall include all cost for Contractor's insurance and bonds, construction/building permit and fees.(NOT TO EXCEED 3%OF TOTAL BID PRICE) 1.2 Renovation Summary of Work: Furnish and install all labor,materials, 1 LS $406,469.00 $406,469.00 equipment and incidentals required for renovations to the buildings and their systems as shown on the construction documents,including but not limited to,replacement and new construction for mechanical, j electrical, plumbing, building and structural.Base Bid includes all work related to the complete installation of the new emergency generator and emergency power distribution system modifications.Base bid also includes all plumbing work and generator gas supply piping and the mechanical system modifications to the mezzanine mechanical room and roof. httnc•//nnorlonrl innwovc not/rlocktnn ocnv?niri_riFdRhirl.1cR(152.hriri=dRRhtmiri=U.rc4=47 1/1 12/2/21, 1.19 PM City Pearland eBid System ( • r�•Ji iii:l mclasen97 Response Detail for 1022-06 Addendum 1 (Cowarts Creek Detention Pump Station Generator) Return V Retract rE/Documents °Lg Response Histor y ry tEl Bid History _.,formation has been changed as part of an addendum. See 'Bid History'for details. Bid Number 1022-06 Addendum 1 (Cowarts Creek Detention Pump Station Generator) 4404 a � Close Date&Time 12/2/2021 02 00 00 PM (CT) iR Time Left 40 minutes 42 seconds Response Status Response Submitted-12/2/2021 01.18:21 PM(CT) Event Details Activities Attachments Attributes Line Items Response Attachments Response Submission Supplier Response Summary Response Total $418,469 00 General/Corporate Address Your User Profile Supplier Name McDonald Electric Title Address 5044 Timber Creek Name Michael Clasen Houston,TX 77017 Office Phone Phone (713)921-1368 Fax Phone Fax Mobile Phone Contact Name Email mclasen@mcdonaldinc.com Email ''‘\1 Supplier Note to Buyer %pplier Notes The additional cost for a 24 hour fuel tank is$ 12,000.00 The additional cost for a 48 hour fuel tank is$25,000.00 Digital Signature By submitting your response,you certify that you are authorized to represent and bind your company. Your Full Name: Wayne Berkenmeier Your Email Address• wayneb@mcdonaldinc.com httne•//nn,rlknrl inrnniowo nat/rinclrtnn nenv7n1r1=qc72.hird_1CR(1Rhriri=dRRhwi`1='2Rrnt='17 1/1 •Fk;,, .-X A 'S 'Iv"A & n" 6 .u�rtiA��4s Contractor Questionnaire Yes No LiEl1. Has the City of Pearland or other governmental entity Incurred costs as a result of contested change order(s)from the undersigned company? nn 2. Has the City of Pearland or other governmental entity been involved in litigation relative to contract performance with the undersigned company? ElEl 3. Has the undersigned company failed to meet bid specifications or time limits on other contracts? n_ 4. Has the undersigned company abandoned a contract or refused to perform without legal cause after submitting a bid? L . I 5. Has the undersigned company had bidding errors or omissions in two or more bid submissions within a thirty six(36) month period? 6. Has the undersigned company failed to perform or performed unsatisfactory on two or more contracts within a thirty six(36)month period? ElCI 7 Does the undersigned company have adequate equipment,personnel and expertise to complete the proposed n contract? l—I 8. Does the undersigned company have a record of safety violations in two or more contracts within a thirty six(36) month period? • X 9. Does the undersigned have a criminal offense as an incident to obtaining or attempting to obtain a public or private contractor subcontract,or in the performance of such a contract or subcontract within a ten(10)year period? X 10. Has the undersigned company been convicted of a criminal offense within a ten(10)year period of embezzlement, theft,bribery,falsification or destruction of records,receiving stolen property or any other offense indicating a lack of business integrity or business honesty which might affect responsibility as a municipal contractor? L_.__I El 11. Has the undersigned company been convicted of state or federal antitrust statutes within a ten(10)year period arising out of submission of bids or proposals? 12. Has the undersigned company been disbarred or had a similar proceeding by another governmental entity? if you answered"yes"to Items 1-6 or 8-12 or answered"no"to Item 7,please attach a full explanation to this questionnaire. C. F McDonald Electric, Inc. Company Name: 5044 Timber Creek Houston,TX 77017 Address: Wayne Berkenmeier Vice President Special Projects Name: Title: Ple s6rint) (Please Print) 12/02/21 Signature: t i Date: t¢[ ) CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNA E CI For vendor doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23,04th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE USE ONLY This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176,Local Government Code,by a vendor who Date Received has a business relationship as defined by Section 1'76.001(1-a)with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006,Local Government Code.An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. J Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. C.F McDonald Electric,Inc. I I Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed. None Name of Officer J Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer,or a family member of the officer,as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer Complete subparts A and B for each employment or business relationship described. Attach additional pages to this Form CIO as necessary. A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment Income,from the vendor? Yes No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income,other than investment income,from or at the direction of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from,the local governmental entity? n Yes No J Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director,or holds an ownership interest of one percent or more. Check this box if the vendor has given the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts as described in Section 03(a)(2)(B), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1). J / Signature of vendor do g'business with the governmental entity Date Wayn $ rmiiPr Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/2015 I ' P"'E>%Y'pAi y5 f. /iT'!s NON-COLLUSION STATEMENT "The undersigned affirms that they are duly authorized to execute this contract, that this company, corporation,firm, partnership or individual has not prepared this bid in collusion with any other bidder, and that the contents of this bid as to prices, terms or conditions of said bid have not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any employee or agent to any other person engaged in this type of business prior to the official opening of this bid," Vendor C. F McDonald Electric,Inc. Address 5044 Timber Creek Houston,TX 77017 Phone Number 713 921-1368 Fax Number 713-921-5109 wayneb@mcdonaldi o? Email Address Bidder(Signature) Position with Company Wa �e-B re kenmeier,Vice President Special Projects Signature of Company Official Authorizing This Bid Company Official(Printed Name) ne Berkenmeier Official Position Vice President Special Projects lhF fI aJ 6yyF a A-w" t\L 'KYY'ttT}T ��+SGR �c p,V REFERENCES Bidder must furnish,with this bid,a fist of three(3) references from customers with a similar or larger operation as the City of Pearland This document, or a similar version issued by your company, must be uploaded with your bid response Company Name Burrer Engineering Contact. Eric Burrer Phone Number. 832-761-6220 eric@burrereng.com Email Address: Company Name City Of Pearland Contact: Jameson Appel Phone Number 713-824-2827 Email Address: jappel@pearlandtx.gov Company Name Leaf Engineers Mark Madorsky Contact. 713-940-3300 Phone Number �. mark.madorsky@leafengineers.com Email Address. ij CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT APPENDIX H;muse B III 89 Ve f ca oai I, Wayne Berkenmeier (Person name), the undersigned representative (hereafter referred to as "Representative") of C. F McDonald Electric,Inc. (company or business name, hereafter referred to as "Business Entity"), being an adult over the age of eighteen (18)years of age, after being duly sworn by the undersigned notary, do hereby depose and affirm the following 1 That Representative is authorized to execute this verification on behalf of Business Entity; 2 That Business Entity does not boycott Israel and will not boycott Israel during the term of any contract that will be entered into between Business Entity and the City of Pearland, and 3 That Representative understands that the term "boycott Israel" is defined by Texas Government Code Section 2270 001 to mean refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli-controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes GN, -t RE OF REPRESENTATIVE SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this 2nd day of December 2021 �PP DIAfVA DOLLAR Notary Public $o i`otary public IV- State of Texas aTer_ my io-rm.Expires 11-10-2022 CITY OF PEARLAND AD I EN➢DUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 01 ' Date 11/23/2021 PROJECT Cowart Creek Detention Pump Generator .%����m �8 BID NO 1022-06 ���° _ y�� •°'� BID DATE December 2, 2021 at 2 00 PM MARK H. MADORSKY0,14 79303 FROM. David Templeman ?o, ..,<�ceNst.o • w . t Project Manager ,,o/ONAL LEAF Engineers ^Q, 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1510 November 23, 2022 Houston, Texas 77046 To Prospective Bidders and Interested]parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on both copies of the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Item No 01 Generator Fuel Tank Storage Capacity A. Contractor shall carry the below alternate in their bid pricing 1 Base Bid shall be fuel capacity for a 12-hour continuous run time at full load. 2. Alternate#1 shall be fuel capacity for a 24-hour continuous run time at full load. Item No 02 Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-In Sheet(attached) SPECIFICATIONS N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS N/A rce, END OF ADDENDUM NO 01 David Templeman Project Manager 07/2006 00900- 1 of 1 Sign in Sheet . w. Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station Generator • Pre-Bid Meeting 11/18/2021 @ 10 00 V wnays -.._ Name (Print) Company Phone Number Email Initials I I i t ekr or\ C 'eFiu ' .0 IP 1 .eblds@Y•eatet®t-t-d-hc -ov - ,i___,--1 ii,-, (1,1 jki,..44 ,1• ,. 1 1 e� 01/,,,,,,,40.4(4-0.6)P( 11- *vid,bk.--; 7/, -Yzi -/7 c g T 4R0b Ury LJ_ f h�lm� _ �) e,4.t.k .:�el'i/i ,,. -- ---- 4s..1 es t1 . `v_ _ _a-c® _/ I r//i. - '�� • �'- - I— Alb— --- J_--�6 j - - ,O ----mot .'r0 _/ _4.- 11_,Za_._i`_- IE`.1-1P'• •••• "7•••-•1:--41. 1. ,-.._*,_ t.e., 11tfie , I' -4, VP Cieb `q I 'Vl.•ZO t•• 2,2% ! rest' ggto-ka. , ers I e 4 ,_ -�� -1 tu rib CoCoP I(_Zst qvi u0 34l i If ,. , t �d -A f l dam• / �C� ;I 1 r- --- '-- -- ----- --- i Construction 1 of 2 D4 Revised 2016 ( ( MINUTES OF MEETING OF tOAR]D OF DIRECT IRS OF C. F.McDONALD ELECTRIC, INC. A meeting of the Board Of Directors of the Corporation was held on this date and at the time and place set forth in the wntten waiver of Notice signed by the Chairman, fixing such time and place. There were present the following: Larry G Stephenson, Chairman of The Board/Director Harry Keller, Vice President Diana Dollar, Secretary/Treasurer Wayne Berkenmeier, Vice President Special Projects The meeting was called to order by Larry G Stephenson. On the day, May 1, 2014, it was moved, seconded, and unanimously earned that Wayne Berkenmeier, acting as Vice President Special Projects of the Corporation, shall have the authority to sign, alone, any and all bid proposals, contracts and other legal of C. F McDonald Electric, Inc., and/or McDonald Municipal and Industrial A Division of C F McDonald Electric, Inc. There being no further business to come before the meeting,upon motion duly made, seconded, and unanimously carried, it was adjourned. L- G Stephenson A r '1 _AwDiana Dollar CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Section 00500 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is by and beeen w City of Pearland(hereinafter called OWNER or City) and C . (,)o&\d �C�V\��� � (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR,in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth,agree as follows Article 1 WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all work as specified or indicated in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents(hereinafter the"Work"). The Work is generally described as follows. COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR 7800 Carrie Lane City of Pearland, Texas COP PN: DR2101 BID NO.: 1022-06 Article 2. ENGINEER The Work has been designed by LEAF Engineers, 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1510,Houston, Texas 77046, David Templeman - Project Manager who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to assume all duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3 CONTRACT TIME 3 1 The Work will be Substantially Complete (as defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions)within 304 days (including weekends and holidays) from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided m paragraph 5 01 of the General Conditions (as revised in the Special Conditions if applicable), and completed and ready for Final Payment within three hundred thirty four (334) days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No work will be allowed on Sundays. 3.2 Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3 1 above,plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 5 of the General Conditions. OWNER and CONTRACTOR also recognize the delays,expense,and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER [Four Hundred] dollars [($400 00) edit as required] for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3 1 4-2015 00500- 1 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining Work within the time set out in the Certificate of Substantial Completion or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Four Hundred dollars [($400 00) for each day that expires after the time specified in the Certificate of Substantial Completion for completion and readiness for Final Payment. 3.3 Inspection Time. Working hours for the Pearland Inspection personnel are from 7.30 a.m. to 4.30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding City approved holidays. The Contractor shall notify the OWNER of any required inspection overtime work at least 48 hours in advance and shall pay the overtime wages for the required City inspections. Article 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4 1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents m current funds [$418,469 00 edit as required] (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price mcludes the Base Bid and Alternate(s) as accepted by OWNER and edit as required] as shown in Document 00300—Bid Proposal. Article 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Section 6.0 "Measurement and Payment" of the General Conditions. Application for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5 1 Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER as provided below All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work and actual quantity of Work completed, in accordance with Article 6 "Measurement and Payment"of the General Conditions. 5 1 1 Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage or actual quantity of Work complete, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with the General Conditions. The OWNER shall make payment within 30 days of receipt of application for payment by the ENGINEER. 5 1.2 Each progress payment shall be less retainage as specified in Paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. It is understood,however,that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER pay a reasonable and equitable portion 4-2015 00500-2 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR at the OWNER's option,may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.2 Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 6 09 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 6 09 Article 6 INTEREST Interest on any overdue payment from OWNER to CONTRACTOR shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 025 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. Article 7 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations. 7 1 CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost,progress,performance,or furnishing of the Work. 7.2 CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all available surveys, assessments, reports of explorations, investigations, and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions of the site. Such technical reports and drawings are not Contract Documents, and Owner makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of such documents or information, or to whether or not they are complete, comprehensive, or all-inclusive. 7.3 CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying)all such examinations,investigations,explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraphs 7.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work, and CONTRACTOR assumes the risk of such subsurface and physical conditions, and shall furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 7 4 CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract documents with respect to existing underground facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said underground facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, 4-2015 00500-3 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said underground facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and finish the Work at the Contract Price,within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.5 CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations,tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7 6 CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor knew or should have known, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work at the Contract Pnce, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including any written resolution of any such conflict, error or discrepancy by ENGINEER. In the event of a conflict that was not brought to the OWNER's or ENGINEER's attention prior to the bid, the CONTRACTOR is assumed to have bid the most expensive alternative. Article 8 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents, which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work, consist of the following, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. 8.1 Standard Form of Agreement(Section 00500). 8.2 Performance, Payment, and/or Maintenance Bonds (Sections 00610, 00611, and 00612) 8.3 General Conditions of Agreement (Section 00700), including Attachment No 1 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage,Attachment No 2 Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release,and Attachment No 3 Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor 8.4 Special Conditions of Agreement(Section 00800). 8.5 Plans, consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 7 inclusive with attachments with each sheet bearing the following general title: COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR. 8.6 Instructions to Bidders and CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal,including any Addenda referenced therein. 8 7 Techrncal Specifications for the Work. 8.8 The following, which may be delivered or issued after this Agreement becomes effective. Any Change Orders or other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. 4-2015 00500-4 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8 The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. Article 9 MISCELLANEOUS 9 1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Section 1, "Definitions and Interpretations" of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2 No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound, and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment,no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 9.3 OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself,its partners,successors, assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 9 4 CONTRACTOR agrees to warranty the Work for a penod of one (1) year from Substantial Completion against defects in materials and workmanship. CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace any defective work within this warranty penod immediately unless such repairs require long lead time materials and equipment in which case CONTRACTOR shall provide an agreeable schedule for repairs at no additional cost to OWNER. 9.5 The Work will be completed according to the Contract Documents and in accordance with codes, ordinances, and construction standards of the City of Pearland, and all applicable laws, codes and regulations of governmental authorities. 9 6 In the event any notice period required under the Contract Documents is found to be shorter than any minimum period prescribed by applicable law, the notice period required shall be construed to be the minimum period prescribed by applicable law 9 7 This Contract and the Contract Documents,insofar as they relate in any part or in any way to the Work undertaken therein, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and it is expressly understood and agreed that there are no agreements or promises by and between said parties, except as aforesaid, and that any additions thereto or changes shall be in writing. 9 8 The provisions of this Contract shall be applied and interpreted in a manner consistent with each other so as to carry out the purposes and the intent of the parties, but if for any reason any provision is unenforceable or invalid, such provisions shall be deemed severed from this Contract and the remaining provisions shall be camed 4-2015 00500-5 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT out with the same force and effect as if the severed provision had not been part of this Contract. 9.9 The headings of the are included solelyfor the convenience of reference paragraphs and if there is any conflict between the headings and the text of this Contract, the Contract text shall control. 9 10 The waiver of any breach hereof shall not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof. Failure by the OWNER in any instance to insist upon observance or performance by CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed a waiver by CONTRACTOR of any such observance or performance. No waiver will be binding upon OWNER unless in writing and then will be for the particular instance only Payment of any sum by'OWNER to CONTRACTOR with knowledge of any breach or default will not be deemed a waiver of such breach or default or any other breach or default. 9 11 The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER(through its employee handbook) considers the following to be misconduct that is grounds for termination of an employee of the OWNER. Any fraud, forgery,misappropriation of funds, receiving payment for services not performed or for hours not worked,mishandling or untruthful reporting of money transactions, destruction of assets, embezzlement, accepting materials of value from vendors,or consultants, and/or collecting reimbursement of expenses made for the benefit of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly; cause an employee of the OWNER to engage in such misconduct. 9 12 The CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with Appendix A (attached) of the City of Pearland's Title VI Nondiscrimination Plan Assurances. 4-2015 00500-6 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed this Agreement in duplicate. One counterpart eacl has been delivered to OWNER and one to CONTRACTOR. This Agreement will be effective upon execution and attestation by authorized representativ of the City of Pearland and upon the following date. � ,2(3 OWNER. NTRA T CITY OF P RL (f:� C/, ' d( 04- �� 6 By. B • Title Title- Wayne Berkenmeier Date. — Z_ZL Date Vice President Special Projects 1 (Corporate Seal) ATTE ATTESTAlt Address for giving notices uL4 min - CrCe-k-' Phone. 1 IIO Fax. 1 J - 5 OR Agent for service of process. Wayne Berkenmeier Vice President Special Projects END OF SECTION 4-2015 00500-7 of 7 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. TXC615068 Section 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That C.F. McDonald Electric, Inc. of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner),in the penal sum of$ 418,469.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of January , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR 7800 Carrie Lane City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR2101 BID NO.: 1022-06 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract Work and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions, and agreements in and by said Contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Contract Documents, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the Work to be performed thereunder 12/2007 00610- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of January ,2022 k Principal. Surety. C.F. McDonald Electric, Inc Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) By. y. Title: Wayn er meier,VP Special Projects Title. Michael Maddux{Attasney-in-Fact Address. Address , ,, 5044 Timber Creek 6700 Westown Parkway Houston, TX 77017 West Des Moines, IA 50266 Telephone: 713-921-1368 Telephone. 800-678-8171 Fax. 713-921-5109 Fax: NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 12/2007 00610-2 of 2 MERCHANT`S '�+� BONDING COMPANY. POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, C Tyler Smith;Chris Kolkhorst;Denise Raker;Henry D Childers;James R Reid;Michael Maddux;Ryan K Moss;Sandra Villegas;Stacie Clark their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law This Power-of-Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 16,2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof" 'The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only,it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 22nd day of October , 2021 .•.4'P�10 Nq�••., LINO C��•• �iy�p9POft 40% ;•O4 . MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) h Ca )' .• • C''.• ••• '4i .* • MERCHANT NATIONAL BONDING,INC. o :og . 74, j 2003 •Z y • 1933 c: By 7 •; �. •; •mob• c•• '•.�ki •"Ns •Ki4o President STATE OF IOWA ••.••••�i ����..• •. COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 22nd day of October 2021 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. IAL t9 POLLY MASON 0 �— Commission Number 750576 My Commission Expires MCSp..`, /ouP January 07,2023 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I,William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the_seal of the Companies on this 11th day of January ,2022 Vcis ;4? .* _0_ 0, • .g‘e.....te."7 . tc 1933 , c• - - Secretary t v 2003 •m ��, ` a • ••••POA 0018 (1/20) •'••."..•.�� MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) • MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING INC. P 0 Box 14498 DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 (800) 678-8171 (515)243-3854 FAX Please send all notices of claim on this bond to: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)/Merchants National Bonding, Inc. P 0 Box 14498 Des Moines, Iowa 50306-3498 (515)243-8171 (800) 678-8171 Physical Address 6700 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266 SUP 0073 TX (2/15) • D V IN 1J 11N <I t.lJ 1V L 1.11L1N 1 ni MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) P 0 BOX 14498, DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 PHONE. (800) 678-8171 FAX. (515) 243-3854 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact your insurance agent at the telephone number provided by your insurance agent. You may call Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-678-8171 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P 0 Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail ConsumerProtection@tdi texas.gov PREMIUM AND CLAIM DISPUTES Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. SUP 0032 TX (2/15) CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND Bond No.TXC615068 Section 00611 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That C.F McDonald Electric, Inc. of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner), in the penal sum of$ 418,469.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of January , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows. COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION 7800 Carrie Lane City of Pearland,Texas - COP PN: DR2101 BID NO : 1022-06 which Contract, including the Contract Documents as defined therein, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor or material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract, then, this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract,or to the Work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00611 - 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of January , 20 Principal. Surety. C.F. McDonald Ele Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) By By Title: W erkenmeier VP S ecial Pro'ects Title. Michael Maddux,=Aitorney-in-Fact Address: Address. 5044 Timber Creek 6700 Westown Parkway Houston, TX 77017 West Des Moines, IA 50266 Telephone: 713-921-1368 Telephone 800-678-8171 Fax: 713-921-5109 Fax: NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00611-2 of 2 MERCHANT`S '�+� BONDING COMPANY ,U POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, C Tyler Smith;Chris Kolkhorst;Denise Raker;Henry D Childers;James R Reid;Michael Maddux;Ryan K Moss;Sandra Villegas;Stacie Clark their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 16,2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only,it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only,it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 22nd day of October , 2021 ''PO#_ e0•. :'' v POA '0,q•• MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) 0 A.• r4 )1 1 y v 1j t, MERCHANT NATIONAL BONDING,INC. "".� 7,i_, �� 2003 c :S 1933 •co C By ••i•J• 1'` .f,?O� ••d�i�,• �'N�. ' President STATE OF IOWA •••.,,•• ���..•` '• COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 22nd day of October 2021 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. A tat s POLLY MASON oo [I - Commission Number 750576 My Commission Expires oa l,- p�, iovvt• January 07,2023 V`' Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I,William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the__seal of the Companies on this 11th day of January ,2022 .••'�(10Nq••• •• v o • 3• ••_0 2003 .;,off y 1933 „ c, _ . Secretary .J 1. POA 0018 (1/20) ••••••..ui; •`•...•. •••....••• MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) • MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING INC. P 0 Box 14498 DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 (800) 678-8171 (515)243-3854 FAX Please send all notices of claim on this bond to: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)/Merchants National Bonding, Inc. P 0 Box 14498 Des Moines, Iowa 50306-3498 (515) 243-8171 (800) 678-8171 Physical Address 6700 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines,Iowa 50266 SUP 0073 TX (2/15) MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY,. MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) P 0 BOX 14498, DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 PHONE: (800) 678-8171 FAX. (515) 243-3854 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact your insurance agent at the telephone number provided by your insurance agent. You may call Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-678-8171 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P 0 Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail" ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM AND CLAIM DISPUTES. Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. SUP 0032 TX (2/15) CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND Bond No TXC615068 Section 00612 ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That C.F. McDonald Electric, Inc. of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland as Obligee (Owner),in the penal sum of$ 418,469.00 for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, effective as of the 11th day of January , 20 22 , (the "Contract") to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR 7800 Carrie Lane City of Pearland,Texas COP PN: DR2101 BID NO.: 1022-06 which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully correct all such work not in accordance with the Contract Documents discovered within the one-year period from the date of substantial completion,then this obligation shall be void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder 07/2006 00612-1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND ONE-YEAR MAINTENANCE BOND IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 11th day of January , 20 22 Principal. Surety C.F. McDonald El nc. Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) By, f By Title n erkenmeier.VP Special Projects Title. Michael MadduzfAttorney-in-Fact Address. Address. 5044 Timber Creek 6700 Westown Parkway Houston, TX 77017 West Des Moines, IA 50266 Telephone: 713-921-1368 Telephone: 800-678-8171 Fax: 713-921-5109 Fax: NOTICE: THE ADDRESS OF THE SURETY COMPANY TO WHICH ANY NOTICE OF CLAIM SHOULD BE SENT MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE BY CALLING ITS TOLL-FREE TELEPHONE NUMBER; 1-800-252-3439. END OF SECTION 07/2006 00612-2 of 2 NL±R FI AN IS BONDING COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, C Tyler Smith;Chris Kolkhorst;Denise Raker;Henry D Childers;James R Reid,Michael Maddux;Ryan K Moss;Sandra Villegas;Stacie Clark their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attorney is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 16,2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attomey or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only,it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 22nd day of October , 2021 Si"'�,PO q4.ewe'•. ••A). •,,4', •• MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) icy v0� R'�� Oy: :���o�P09q;9y,�;• MERCHANT NATIONAL BONDING,INC. :2 Z _o_ Cps �, Z _o_ v•^� 774_, v 2003 ' .... ��� •y •1933 c; By • ?• ••�• ,1•• • President STATE OF %WO IOWA •••.....* ..'.••, •••..is•.•• COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this 22nd day of October 2021 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. aft.Q s POLLY MASON ,0 cl- V. Commission Number 750576 •2. •,... My Commission Expires MA.,,Sp.-, ,A„IP January 07,2023 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I,William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 11th day of January ,2022 ��........., •.•---•.• ��.••P•�10Ngt •• ��NG Cpy�•. IZ -o- O oli :it" -0- •" • -,',‘!‘- -e-10.0..-' = 4! .1‘2,01-e-"P , v• • — j 2003 .,,� ' y. 1933 •Z. _ - Secretary • • . '.way, ,,���.' '•4 •`,44. POA 0018 (1/20) """"•.. r 1GAJG aCIIU All UULICCJ Ul CIA1111 WI LUIS UUIIU LU; Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)/Merchants National Bonding, Inc. P 0 Box 1449.8 Des Moines, Iowa 50306-3498 (515) 243-8171 (800) 678=8171 Physical Address 6700 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266 SUP 0073 TX (2/15) MERCHANTIS BONDING COMPANY. MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) P 0 Box 14498, DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 PHONE: (800) 678-8171 FAX. (515) 243-3854 IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact your insurance agent at the telephone number provided by your insurance agent. You may call Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-678-8171 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P 0 Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 490-1007 Web www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM AND CLAIM DISPUTES Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. SUP 0032 TX(2/15) Title VI Nondiscrimination Assurances APPENDIX A During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the"contractor") agrees as follows: (1) Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter, "DOT") Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract (2) Nondiscrimination The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations (3) Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment. In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin (4) Information and Reports. The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the Sub-Recipient, or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information (5) Sanctions for Noncompliance In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract,the Sub-Recipient shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to (a) withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies, and/or (b) cancellation, termination or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part (6) Incorporation of Provisions The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (6) in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Sub-Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance Provided, however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request the Sub-Recipient to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the Sub-Recipient, and, in addition,the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PA: TIES FORM 1295 1of1 Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number of business. 2022-843331 C. F McDonald Electric, Inc. • Houston,TX United States j Date Filed: i 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for.which the form is 01/25/2022 being filed. City Of Pearland Date Acknowledged: 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. 1022-06 COP Project DR2101 Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station Generator 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary !Stephenson , Larry Houston,TX United States X Keller, Harry Houston ,TX United States X Berkenmeier,Wayne Houston,TX United States X dollar, Diane Houston,TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION No4nt butesi MCA cr My name is tl y ,, �y�/ 4 a , and my date of birth is �] (�/� My address is 5O'a4 f 11n � �.�Cx-� 1/`\��-V 7 0) 0 3-1 (street) (city) (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. ] - da.in Executed inCinr) Coun ate_Qf ,on the "day of (month) (year) gnature of authorized agent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.1.191b5cdc CITY OF PEARLAND PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN Section 00615 PARTIAL WAIVER OF LIEN AND PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT The undersigned contracted with City of Pearland to furnish in connection with certain improvements to real property located in the City of Pearland, TX and owned by the City of Pearland which improvements are described as follows. In consideration of Pay Estimate No m the amount of$ the undersigned, on oath, states that all persons and firms who supplied labor and materials to the undersigned in connection with said Project will be fully paid within 30 days of the date of this document by the undersigned for such work through In consideration of the payment herewith made,the undersigned does fully and finally release and hold harmless the City of Pearland and its surety, if any, through the above date from any and all claims, liens, or right to claim or lien, arising out of this Project under any applicable bond, law or statue. It is understood that this affidavit is submitted to induce payment of the above sum and for use by the City of Pearland in assuring the Owner and others that all hens and claims relating to the said Project furnished by the undersigned are paid. Signature Printed Name&Title Company Name State of County of Subscribed and sworn to, before me,this day of , 20 My Commission Expires. Notary Public 5-12-12 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 1 01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer 1 02 Contract Documents 103 Subcontractor 1 04 Written Notice 105 Work 1 06 Extra Work 1 07 Work Day 1 07-1 Ram Day 1 07-2 Impact Day 1 08 Calendar Day 1 09 Substantially Completed 1 10 Interpretation of Words and Phrases 1 11 Referenced Standards 1 12 Contract Time 1 13 Construction Inspector 1 14 Balancing Change Order 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 4 2.01 No Warranty of Design 2.02 Right of Entry 2.03 Ownership of Plans 10-2012 00700-i CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 2.04 Changes and Alterations 2.05 Damages 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 6 3 01 Owner-Engineer Relationship 3 02 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible 3 03 Preliminary Approval 3 04 Inspection by Engineer 3 05 Determination of Questions and Disputes 3 06 Recommendation of Payment 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 8 4 01 Independent Contractor 4 02 Contractor's Understanding 4 03 Laws and Ordinances 4 04 Assignment and Subletting 4 05 Performance and Payment Bonds [and Maintenance Bond] 4 06 Insurance 4 07 Permits and Fees 4 08 Texas State Sales Tax 4 09 Contractor's Duty and Supenntendence 4 10 Character of Workers 4 11 Labor, Equipment, Materials, Construction Plant and Buildings 412 Sanitation 4 13 Cleaning and Maintenance 4 14 Performance of Work 4 15 Right of Owner to Accelerate the Work 10-2012 00700-ii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 16 Layout of Work 4 17 Shop Drawings 4 18 Engineer-Contractor Relationship; Observations 4 19 Observation and Testing 4.20 Defects and Their Remedies 4.21 Liability for Proper Performance 4.22 Protection Against Accident To Employees and the Public 4.23 Protection of Adjoining Property 4.24 Protection against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Matenalmen, and Furnishers of Equipment,Machinery and Supplies 4.25 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention 4.26 Indemmfication 4.27 Losses From Natural Causes 4.28 Guarantee 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 18 5 01 Time and Order of Completion 5 02 Extension of Time 5 03 Hindrances and Delays 5 04 Suspension of Work 5 05 Liquidated Damages for Delay 5 06 Change of Contract Time 5 07 Delays Beyond Owner's and Contractor's Control 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 21 6 01 Discrepancies and Omissions 6 02 Quantities and Measurements 10-2012 00700-iii CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6 03 Estimated Quantities 6 04 Price of Work 6 05 Payments 6 06 Partial Payments 6 07 Use of Completed Portions &Punchlist 6.08 Substantial Completion 6 08-1 6 09 Final Payment 6 10 Correction of Work Before Final Payment 6 11 Correction of Work After Final Payment 6.12 Payments Withheld 6 13 Delayed Payments 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 27 7 01 Diffenng Site Conditions 7 02 Change Orders 7 03 Change Orders 7 04 Request for Work Approval for Work on Non-Work Days 7 05 Minor Changes 7 06 Extra Work 7 07 Time of Filing Claims 8.0 DEFAULT 30 8 01 Default by Contractor 8 02 Supplementation of Contractor Forces 8.03 Cumulative Remedies & Specific Performance 8 04 Cross-Default 10-2012 00700-iv CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8 05 Insolvency 8 06 Contingent Assignment 8.07 Waiver of Consequential Damages 8.08 Termination for Convenience 8.09 Default by Owner 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 35 ATTACHMENT NO 1 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE Al ATTACHMENT NO 2. AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE B1 ATTACHMENT NO 3 OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR Cl 10-2012 00700-v CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 101 OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER. The OWNER, the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER are those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement. The term ENGINEER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Engineer or Architect identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as a representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the preparation of plans and specifications of this Contract. The term CONSTRUCTION MANAGER as used in these General Conditions shall refer to the Construction Manager identified in the Agreement, as applicable, and means a person authorized to act as representative of the entity designated by the OWNER to provide professional services required in connection with the performance of the work of this Contract. The Owner's representative on the project site shall be the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or ENGINEER as designated. 1 02 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents shall consist of all of the documents identified in Article 8 of the Standard Form of Agreement, which documents, excluding such documents as may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement, as referenced m Article 8, shall be bound together m a Project Manual for the Work. All references to the "Contract" or the "Agreement" in these General Conditions of Agreement shall include the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be binding as if required by all. In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern in the following order (1) Modifications in writing and signed by both parties, including any Change Orders, (2) Standard Form of Agreement; (3) Special Conditions of Agreement; (4) General Conditions of Agreement, including Attachment No 1 — Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage, Attachment No 2 — Agreement for Final Payment and CONTRACTOR'S Sworn Release, and Attachment No 3 — Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor; (5) Addenda, if any; (6) Plans and Specifications referenced or included in the Project Manual, (7) Instructions to Bidders, (8) Bid Proposal, and 08-2018 00700- 1 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (9) Exhibits. The following Exhibits, if any, attached hereto, are incorporated herein, and are a part of this Contract: In the event a conflict or inconsistency remains between or within the Contract Documents, or the Contract Documents and applicable standards, codes and ordinances, CONTRACTOR shall provide the greater quantity or better quality, or CONTRACTOR shall comply with the more stnngent requirements, as determined by ENGINEER. Terms or phrases used in the Contract Documents with a well-known technical or construction industry meaning shall have such recognized meanings. References to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority, shall mean the latest in effect on the effective date of the Contract,unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. 1 03 SUBCONTRACTOR. The term "subcontractor", as employed herein, includes those entities having a contract with the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor for performance of work on the Project. OWNER shall have no responsibility to any subcontractor for performance of work on the Project contemplated by these Contract Documents, and any such subcontractor shall look exclusively to CONTRACTOR for any payments due subcontractor 1 04 WRITTEN NOTICE. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by electronic means through the Pro-Trak to the individual or to a partner of the partnership or joint venture, or to an officer of the corporation or company for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the last known business address or registered office of such individual,partnership,joint venture or corporation or company, or to the address for giving notices listed in the Standard Form of Agreement. 1 05 WORK. Unless otherwise stipulated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities or services of any nature whatsoever necessary for the execution and completion of the Work described in the Standard Form of Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality The CONTRACTOR shall, if required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well-known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished in strict conformity with the Contract Documents. 1 06 EXTRA WORK. The term "Extra Work", as used in this Contract, shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the ENGINEER as representative of the OWNER,to be performed by the CONTRACTOR to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown in the plans. Extra work shall be authorized in writing by the ENGINEER prior to commencement. Extra Work items are paid for on an as needed, as authonzed basis only 1 07 WORK DAY As used herein, a "Work Day" is defined as any Monday through Friday, not a legal holiday, and any Saturday or Sunday specifically approved by the OWNER, in ' ' which the CONTRACTOR can perform six or more hours of work per the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR agrees to request specific approval from the Construction Manager or 08-2018 00700-2 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Owner, in advance, to perform work on Saturdays or Sundays and in so doing agrees to pay all charges and costs for Inspection and or Construction Management services required during the performance of any such approved work. Refer to paragraph 7 04 for procedure to determine cost for Construction Management and Inspection Services for work on non-work days. 1 07-1 RAIN DAY As used herein, is defined as any WORK DAY during which weather related conditions prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items as identified in the current construction schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record Rain Days on the Pay Application each month for the review and possible approval by the OWNER. The approved Rain Day is then added to the Contract Time. (See 1 12 Contract Time below) 1 07-2 IMPACT DAY As used herein, is a day that is added to the CONTRACT TIME by the OWNER by Change Order to extend the Contract Time by one full Work Day (See 1 12 Contract Time below) Impact Days, once approved by the OWNER, shall extend the Contract Time on a one-to-one basis to replace a Work Day lost to conditions that prevented the CONTRACTOR from performing four (4) or more consecutive hours of work on critical path items. Impact Days are added to the Contract Time by Change Order only at the end of the work and then only if, in the opinion of the OWNER, a time extension is warranted due to delays beyond the control of the Contractor and required to complete the work within the Contract Time. 1 08 CALENDAR DAY A "calendar day" is any day of the week, month or year no days being excepted. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references to "day(s)" shall mean calendar day(s) 1 09 SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The terms "Substantially Completed", or "Substantially Complete" or"Substantial Completion" as used in this Contract, shall mean that all major process components of the facility or work have been made suitable for use or occupancy, including appropriate documentation from the equipment suppliers that all of the individual components have been installed in accordance with the specifications and manufacturer's recommendations,the installations have been approved by the ENGINEER and the items have met the start-up and testing requirements of the contract documents or is deemed to be in a condition to serve its intended purpose or requires only minor miscellaneous work and adjustment to achieve Final Completion and Acceptance as determined by the ENGINEER. Upon compliance with the above referenced criteria, ENGINEER shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion. PARTIAL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION designation will be given on components of the Work that must be placed into service prior to the completion of the entire Work. The contractor's One Year Warranty period for these items shall begin on the date of Partial Substantial Completion as designated by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall determine and make all such designations. 110 INTERPRETATION OF WORDS AND PHRASES Whenever the words "directed", "permitted", "designated", "required", "ordered", "considered necessary", "prescribed" or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction,requirement, permission, order, opinion designation or prescription of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative is intended. Similarly, the words "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" or words of like import shall mean that no exception is taken by ENGINEER, but does not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 08-2018 00700-3 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Whenever in the Specifications or Plans of the Contract Documents, the terms of description of various qualities relative to finish, workmanship or other qualities of similar kind which cannot, from their nature, be specifically and clearly described and specified, but are necessarily described in general terms, the fulfillment of which must depend on individual judgment, then, in all such cases, any question of the fulfillment of said Specifications shall be decided by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, and said work shall be done in accordance with his interpretations of the meaning of the words, terms or clauses defining the character of the work. 111 REFERENCED STANDARDS. No provision of any referenced standard specification, or manual shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, or their consultants, employees, or representatives from those set forth m the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to the Engineer or its consultants, employees, or representatives any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authonty to undertake responsibilities contrary to provisions of the Contract Documents. 1 12 CONTRACT TIME The term Contract Time as used herein, refers to the number of Calendar days provided to complete the work or the date, stated in the Agreement: (i)to achieve Substantial Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with Paragraph 6.09 and as modified as a result of any authorized Extensions. The established Contract Time includes 40 Rain Days per year, based on the average number of rain days per year for the period of June 1898 to December 1996 as recorded by the Alvin Weather Center Record. The Contract Time shall only be extended by (a) the addition of Rain Days equal to the number of actual Rain Days in excess of 40 days per year and (b) the number of Impact Days granted for delays, m the opinion of the Owner, beyond the control of the Contractor The extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for delays. 1 13 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR The term "Construction Inspector" here in includes those professionals engaged by the OWNER to ensure CONTRACT work's compliance with the specifications and any applicable statutory requirements. 1 14 BALANCING CHANGE ORDER is a change order executed during the close-out process that may add/remove pay items, or adjust quantities of existing items or remove unused pay items or quantities Balancing Change Orders are used to reconcile the unit cost of the work performed or installed by the Contractor 2.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER 2.01 NO WARRANTY OF DESIGN It is understood that the OWNER MAKES NO WARRANTY OF THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY OR SUFFICIENCY OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR ANY OTHER DESIGN DOCUMENTS, AND OWNER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY SUCH WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED Prior to commencing each portion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the relevant Contract Documents, shall observe conditions at the site affecting the Work, and shall take field measurements of existing conditions related to the Work. Any errors, omissions or 08-2018 00700-4 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT inconsistencies in the Contract Documents noted by the CONTRACTOR, and/or any variance between the Contract Documents and applicable codes, standards or ordinances, shall be promptly reported by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER in writing as a Request for Information. Work performed prior to a Request for Information shall be at the Contractor's risk. If CONTRACTOR fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall pay such costs and damages to OWNER as would have been avoided if CONTRACTOR had reported any errors, omissions, inconsistencies or variances in the Contract Documents noted by CONTRACTOR or which should have been noted by a careful study of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the OWNER. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the CONTRACTOR to show that he has complied with the requirements of the Contract Documents and approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations,thereto, as the same shall have been interpreted by the ENGINEER. 2.02 RIGHT OF ENTRY The OWNER reserves the right to enter the property or location on which the work herein contracted for is to be performed, constructed or installed, for itself or such agent or agents as it may select, for the purpose of inspecting the work, or for the purpose of performing, constructing or installing such collateral work as the OWNER may desire. The OWNER shall have the right to make inspections at all reasonable times, and the CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claims for extension of time and/or compensation for any loss or damage if his work shall be delayed by reason of such inspection, performance, construction or installation of collateral work. 2.03 OWNERSHIP OF PLANS All plans, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the OWNER shall not be reused on other work and, with the exception of the sets forming the part of the signed Contract Documents, are to be returned to the OWNER on request at the completion of the Work. All plans and models are the property of the OWNER. 2.04 CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations, additions and deletions as the OWNER may see fit, in the Work, including but not limited to changes in line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or specifications for the Work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of construction, without affecting the validity of this Contract and the corresponding Performance and Payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations or deletions diminish the quantity or the value of the Work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for compensation or damages, mcluding lost or anticipated profits on the Work that may be affected. If the amount of Work is increased and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this Contract, otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Article 7 hereof for Extra Work. In case the OWNER shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any Work already done or material already furnished or used in said Work,then the OWNER shall compensate the CONTRACTOR for any material or labor so used and for any actual loss occasioned by such change due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the Work as originally planned. 2.05 DAMAGES. In the event the OWNER is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the CONTRACTOR, or should the 08-2018 00700-5 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 3.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ENGINEER 3 01 OWNER-ENGINEER RELATIONSHIP The ENGINEER shall serve as the OWNER'S representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations on the authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth m the Contract Documents; and the ENGINEER shall not have authority to extend the OWNER's liability or to bind the OWNER for any additional liability of any nature whatsoever without the written consent of the OWNER. Any communications by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR regarding the Work shall be issued through the ENGINEER. It is the intent of this Agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the Work; therefore, written decisions or directions rendered by the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall be promptly earned out, and any claim arising therefrom shall be resolved as provided m Article 7 Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the OWNER'S representative shall have the authority to issue wntten stop work orders whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3 02 KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE. The ENGINEER shall furnish the CONTRACTOR with four (4) copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to the CONTRACTOR, and the CONTRACTOR shall keep one full size copy of the same constantly accessible on the job site, with the latest revisions noted thereon. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for preserving the Plans and Specifications, timely and accurately updated, for reference and review by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and submittal of redlines during closeout. 3 03 PRELIMINARY APPROVAL. The ENGINEER shall not have the power to waive the obligations imposed under this Contract for the furnishing by the CONTRACTOR of new material of good quality, and for good and workmanlike performance of the Work as herein described, and in full accordance with the Contract Documents, without alteration, deletion or change. No failure or omission of the OWNER'S representative to discover, object to or condemn any non-conforming or defective work or material, or to stop work, shall release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to fully and properly perform the Contract, including without limitation,the obligation to at once remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance, upon discovery of such non-conforming or defective work or material. Any questioned Work may be ordered taken up or removed for inspection by the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance, and if found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, all expense of removing, inspection and repair or replacement shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR, otherwise the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the OWNER, provided that where inspection or approval is specifically required by the Specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the CONTRACTOR proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval, he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing and replacing this work if so directed by the ENGINEER. 08-2018 00700-6 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 04 INSPECTION BY ENGINEER. The ENGINEER will make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress and quality of the executed Work and to determine if such Work generally meets the essential performance and design features and the technical, functional /or engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, and is in all other respects being performed in compliance with the Contract Documents. However, the ENGINEER shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality and/or quantity of the work, nor shall the ENGINEER be in any way responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident to the Work being performed or any part thereof. The ENGINEER shall use reasonable care to prevent deviation from the intent and substance of the Contract Documents by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work and any part thereof and, on the basis of such on-site observations, will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the CONTRACTOR. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Contract Document, the ENGINEER shall not be in any way responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, any subcontractors, agents, servants or employees or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the Work. 3 05 DETERMINATION OF QUESTIONS AND DISPUTES In order to prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed that the ENGINEER shall, in all cases, determine the quantities and qualities of the several kinds of Work, which are to be paid for under this Contract. The ENGINEER shall address all questions in relation to said Work and the construction thereof, as well as all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. In the event the ENGINEER shall become aware of or shall receive information that there is a dispute or a possible dispute as to the reasonable interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, or any other dispute or question, the ENGINEER shall, within a reasonable time, provide a written interpretation of the Contract Documents or a written decision on all questions arising relative to the execution of the Work, copies of which shall be delivered to all parties to the Contract. If the CONTRACTOR or OWNER desires to take exception to any directions, order, interpretation or instructions of the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR or OWNER shall present any such claim to the ENGINEER in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 07 3 06 RECOMMENDATION OF PAYMENT The ENGINEER shall review the CONTRACTOR's application for payment and supporting documents, shall determine the amount owed to the CONTRACTOR and shall provide written recommendation to the OWNER for payment to the CONTRACTOR in such amount. Such recommendation of payment to CONTRACTOR shall constitute a representation to the OWNER of the ENGINEER's judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief; however, such recommendation of an application for payment to CONTRACTOR shall not be deemed an acceptance of any defective or non-conforming Work. Any recommendation of payment by the ENGINEER shall be subject to OWNER's rights to withhold payment under Section 6 12 and as otherwise provided in the Contract. 08-2018 00700-7 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 01 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR is, and shall remain, an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing the Work under this Contract, with full and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise and control his own employees and to determine the means, method and manner of performing such Work, so long as such methods comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and do not adversely affect the completed improvements or any other property abutting or adjoining the Work area, the OWNER and ENGINEER being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents. The fact that the OWNER or ENGINEER as the Owner's representative shall have the right to observe CONTRACTOR's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the OWNER and the ENGINEER hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or affect the status of the CONTRACTOR as an independent contractor with respect to either the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative or to the CONTRACTOR's own employees or to any other person, firm or corporation. 4 02 CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the Work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the Work, the general and local conditions, including but not limited to weather, access, lay down and storage areas, and all other matters which in any way affect the Work under this Contract. It is further understood that the CONTRACTOR has satisfied himself as to the terms, meaning, intent and requirements of all of the Contract Documents, and applicable laws, codes, regulations and ordinances. CONTRACTOR hereby warrants and represents that it has taken into consideration all of the foregoing factors, and CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 4 03 LAWS AND ORDINANCES. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state or local laws, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations, regardless of whether the same are adopted before or after the execution of this Contract, which in any manner affect the Contract or the work, and shall indemnify, save and hold harmless the OWNER and the ENGINEER against any claim arising out of the violation of any such laws, ordinances and regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR or his agents, employees, subcontractors or vendors. If the CONTRACTOR observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance with federal or state laws or codes or the ordinances or regulations of the City, he shall promptly notify the ENGINEER in writing, and any necessary changes shall be made as provided in the Contract for changes in the work. If the CONTRACTOR performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, codes, ordinances, rules or regulations, or if CONTRACTOR reasonably should have known of any such violation, and without such notice to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The OWNER is a Political Subdivision of the State of Texas, and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the OWNER may enter into contracts, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this Contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. Neither the act 08-2018 00700-8 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT of OWNER entenng into this Contract, nor OWNER's performance hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of any immumty from suit enjoyed by OWNER under applicable law, all such rights and defenses being hereby expressly reserved, notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary The Code of Ordinances and other applicable regulations of the OWNER shall be deemed to be embodied in this Contract. The prevailing wage rates applicable to this Project shall be either Document 00811 —Wage Scale for Engineering Construction, or Document 00813 — Wage Scale for Building Construction, or both, as set out in the Project Manual. 4 04 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The CONTRACTOR further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this Contract and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, or sublet said Contract, or any rights, duties or obligations arising thereunder, in whole or m part, without the prior wntten consent of the OWNER, and that no part or feature of the Work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the ENGINEER or the OWNER. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to disapprove the subletting of this Contract or any portion hereof on any basis whatsoever The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the Work or materials required in the performance of this Contract shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligations to the OWNER, as provided for by this Agreement. 4 05 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND MAINTENANCE BONDS. In the event the Contract Price shall be in excess of $25,000 00, the CONTRACTOR shall execute separate Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds, each in the sum of one hundred percent(100%) of the Contract Price, and each in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code. If the Contract Pnce does not exceed $25,000 00, the statutory bonds will not be required. All required Bonds shall be payable to OWNER and on forms approved by the OWNER, and shall be executed by a corporate surety in accordance with Article 7 19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code. It is agreed that the Contract shall not be in effect until such onginal Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds are delivered to and approved by the OWNER. The cost of the premium for the Performance, Payment and Mamtenance Bonds, should Maintenance Bonds be required, shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid Proposal. All bonds shall be issued by Texas Department of Insurance approved surety companies. 4 06 INSURANCE. The CONTRACTOR, at his own expense, shall procure, maintain and keep in force throughout the duration of the Work, and throughout the Guarantee Period, insurance as specified in Attachment No 1 hereto with regard to Workers' Compensation Insurance, and as specified m Attachment No 3 hereto with regard to all other Insurance. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this Contract, whether performed by the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor, or others for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4 07 PERMITS AND FEES Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, and which are legally required at the time bids are received. Permits required by the City of Pearland will be issued as a NO FEE permit. 4 08 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX. Materials incorporated into this project are exempt from State Sales according to provisions of the Texas Tax Code, Chapter 151, Subsection H. 08-2018 00700-9 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit or exemption certificate which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the Work without paying tax at due time of purchase. 4 09 CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE. The CONTRACTOR shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this Contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the ENGINEER as the OWNER'S representative. The supenntendent shall represent the CONTRACTOR in his absence and shall act as the agent of the CONTRACTOR, and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the CONTRACTOR is essential to the proper performance of the Work, and lack of such supervision shall be an act of default, and grounds for suspending operations of the CONTRACTOR. The Superintendent cannot be removed from the project without the consent of the Owner; the Superintendent must speak and understand the English language;the Superintendent must be on site when any work on the project is being done, even when a subcontractor is performing the work. The Work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the CONTRACTOR, and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Neither the OWNER nor the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative will be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or any of its agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 4 10 CHARACTER OF WORKERS The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this Contract,to do the Work, and agrees that whenever the ENGINEER shall inform him in writing that any worker or workers on the Work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or in the ENGINEER's opinion, are not using their best efforts for the progress of the Work, such worker or workers shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Work without the ENGINEER's written consent. OWNER reserves the right to bar any person, subcontractor, or supplier found to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or not using their best efforts to progress work or considered to be a threat to the health, safety and welfare to the project or workforce. 411 LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION PLANT, AND BUILDINGS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, services, tools, equipment, machinery, supplies, facilities, utilities and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this Contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that the OWNER shall furnish same, and further, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all matenals, supplies, machinery, equipment,tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction and any and all parts of the Work, whether the CONTRACTOR has been paid, partially paid or not paid for such Work, until the entire Work is completed and accepted. The building or placement of structures for housing workers or offices, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only with the ENGINEER's wntten permission, and at 08-2018 00700- 10 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT such places as the ENGINEER shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds m or about such structures shall at all times be maintamed in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Any structures of any nature constructed, placed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection, placement or construction thereof; and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER or OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, placement, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildmgs or structures. 4 12 SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers and others on the Work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the CONTRACTOR in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the ENGINEER, and their use shall be strictly enforced. Any structures of any nature constructed or erected by the CONTRACTOR for the purposes herein set out, shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR as to the proper erection or construction thereof, and the CONTRACTOR agrees to indemnify and hold the ENGINEER and OWNER harmless from any claims of any nature whatsoever brought against either of them for damages allegedly sustained by anyone by reason of the erection, construction or maintenance of CONTRACTOR's buildings. 4 13 CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times keep and maintain the premises free from accumulation of debns, trash and waste The CONTRACTOR shall remove waste, debris and trash at the end of each work day CONTRACTOR shall remove all such debris, trash and waste, tools, scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the Work broom-clean or its equivalent, upon completion of the Work. The Work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute, the OWNER may remove the debris, trash, waste and surplus materials, and charge the cost to the CONTRACTOR. 4 14 PERFORMANCE OF WORK. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with the generally accepted practice for such materials furnished or work completed, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4 15 RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCELERATE THE WORK. If at any time the methods or equipment used by the CONTRACTOR, or the work force supplied are found to be inadequate to achieve the progress required to Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time, the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative, may order the CONTRACTOR in writing to supplement its forces and/or equipment, or work shifts or overtime, or otherwise improve its efficiency and rate of progress to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and the CONTRACTOR shall comply with such order, at its own cost and expense. 416 LAYOUT OF WORK. Except as specifically provided herein, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out work by means of construction surveying and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4 17 SHOP DRAWINGS The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own Work or in that of any other contractor, six (6) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules 08-2018 00700- 11 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT required for the work of the various trades. Contractor will check and approve shop drawings for compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and will so certify by stamp on each drawing prior to submittal to ENGINEER. Any drawings submitted without Contractor's stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to him for proper submission. The ENGINEER shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, indicating desired corrections. The CONTRACTOR shall make any corrections required by the ENGINEER, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The ENGINEER's approval of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for deviations from the Contract Documents, unless he has, in writing, called the ENGINEER's attention to such deviations at the time of the submission, and the ENGINEER has acknowledged and accepted such deviations in writing, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, and within the Contract Time. Such review by the ENGINEER shall be for the sole purpose of determining the apparent sufficiency of said drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the Contract Documents, and shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the ENGINEER does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during CONTRACTOR's performance hereunder, and any action taken by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility and liability to comply with the Contract Documents. OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR shall make all submittals, review comments, notes, corrections, schedules and updates, testing results, payment applications, instructions and other communications by means of the OWNER'S Pro-Trak. The OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR shall each retain such hard copies form this system as are required for their specific record keeping requirements. No documents shall be removed from this system or destroyed except those being replaced by the systems protocols as a latest version document. All requirements for written communications, submittals, comments, instructions or other documents processed by means of this system shall have the same legal or time sensitive status as if they had been hand delivered in hard copy to their intended addressee. 4 18 ENGINEER-CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP; OBSERVATIONS It is agreed by the CONTRACTOR that the ENGINEER, as the OWNER's representative, shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint such subordinate engineers, representatives or observers as the said ENGINEER may from time to time deem proper to observe the materials furnished and the Work done under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, representatives or observers for the proper observation and examination of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, representatives or observers so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the CONTRACTOR object to any orders by any 08-2018 00700- 12 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subordinate engineer, representative or observer, the CONTRACTOR may, within three (3) days, make written appeal to the ENGINEER for his decision. 4 19 OBSERVATION AND TESTING The OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe, inspect and test the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation, inspection and testing at any location wherever Work is in preparation or progress. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the scope of any observation, inspection or testing which may be contemplated by the OWNER or the ENGINEER and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the Work will be ready for such observation, inspection or testing. The OWNER or the ENGINEER may reject any Work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such deficiencies, and regardless of whether the ENGINEER has previously accepted the Work through oversight or otherwise. If any Work is covered without approval or consent of the OWNER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for examination, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. In the event that any part of the Work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convement for the OWNER or the ENGINEER to make observations of such Work or require testing of said Work, then in such event, the OWNER or the ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by independent persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. If any Work, which is required to be inspected, tested or approved, is covered up without written approval or consent of the OWNER or the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation and testing, at the sole expense of the CONTRACTOR. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise provided herein. Any Work which fails to meet the requirements of such tests, inspections or approval, and any Work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be considered defective. Such defective Work and any other work affected thereby shall be corrected at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Neither observations by the OWNER or by the ENGINEER, nor inspections, certifications, tests or approvals made by the OWNER, the ENGINEER or other persons authonzed under this Agreement to make such inspections, tests or approvals, shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from his obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.20 DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is further agreed that if the Work or any part thereof or any material brought on the site of the Work for use in the Work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the ENGINEER as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the ENGINEER, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such Work so that it shall be in full accordance with this Contract, It is further agreed that any such remedial action contemplated herein shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense. 08-2018 00700- 13 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.21 LIABILITY FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional instructions and information concerning the Work to be performed, passing from or through the ENGINEER, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the CONTRACTOR to deviate from the Contract Documents, the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such instructions being to define with particularity the agreement of the parties as to Work the CONTRACTOR is to perform. CONTRACTOR shall be fully and completely liable and contractually bound, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation and use or non-use of all items and methods incident to the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, similar items or devices used by him during construction, and work performed either directly or incident to construction, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, whether such damage be suffered by the ENGINEER, the OWNER or any other person not a party to this Contract. Any review of Work m progress or any visit or observation durmg construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents by the ENGINEER or OWNER, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the Project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the CONTRACTOR to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of Work completed or bemg performed, as measured against the Contract Documents, or for the purpose of enabling the CONTRACTOR to more fully understand the Contract Documents so that the completed construction Work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR from full and complete responsibility for proper performance of his Work on the Project, including, without limitation, the propriety of means and methods of the CONTRACTOR in performing said Contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Any action by the ENGINEER or the OWNER in visiting or observing during construction, or any clarification of Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR'S liability for damages as herein set out. Deviation by the CONTRACTOR from Contract Documents, whether called to the CONTRACTOR's attention or not, shall in no way relieve CONTRACTOR from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said Contract Documents, and further shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of his liability for loss, damage or injury as herein set out. 4.22 PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and persons entering the project site, as well as for the protection of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder The CONTRACTOR shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the Work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded, as a minimum, in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks, barricades, fences,traffic control,warning signs and other safety devices. 08-2018 00700- 14 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT No alcoholic beverages, non-prescription drugs, or unsafe practices shall be allowed on the Work site. CONTRACTOR shall dismiss anyone participating in any of the above from the Work site for the duration of the Project. Only prescription drug uses with a doctor's authorization to perform construction activities shall be allowed on the Work site. Violation of this provision is a default under the Contract. The use, possession, sale, transfer, purchase or being under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other illegal or unlawful substance by CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees, or CONTRACTOR's subcontractors and employees at any time at the Work site or while on company business is prohibited. CONTRACTOR shall institute and enforce appropriate drug testing guidelines and program. All accidents or injunes to CONTRACTOR's employees working on the job site must be reported verbally and in writing to the ENGINEER immediately, and within no more than eight(8)hours. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, in his sole discretion as an independent contractor Inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the OWNER or the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative concerning omissions under thus paragraph as the Work progresses, are intended as reminders to the CONTRACTOR of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty by ENGINEER, or OWNER's representative to supervise safety precautions by either the CONTRACTOR or any of his subcontractors. 4.23 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The CONTRACTOR shall employ proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this Agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction, and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent or adjoining property THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, OWNER AND ENGINEER AGAINST ANY CLAIM OR CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, LOSS, COSTS OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES, DUE TO ANY INJURY TO ANY ADJACENT OR ADJOINING PROPERTY, ARISING OR GROWING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE, LOSS, COST OR EXPENSE IS CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER AND/OR ENGINEER. 4.24 PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL PROMPTLY PAY WHEN DUE, AND WILL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ALL CLAIMS GROWING OUT OF THE DEMANDS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, WORKERS, MECHANICS, MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY AND PARTS THEREOF, EQUIPMENT, POWER TOOLS AND ALL SUPPLIES, INCLUDING COMMISSARY, INCURRED IN THE FURTHERANCE OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT When so desired by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall furmsh satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the CONTRACTOR fails to do so, then the OWNER may, at the option of the OWNER, either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the OWNER has written notice, or withhold from the CONTRACTOR's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably 08-2018 00700- 15 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT sufficient to liquidate any and all such claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payments to the CONTRACTOR shall be resumed in full,m accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any and all communications between any parties under this paragraph shall be in writing. Nothing contained in this paragraph or this Agreement shall create, establish or impose any relationship, contractual or otherwise, between OWNER and any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR, nor shall it create, establish or impose any duty upon OWNER to pay or to see to the payment of any subcontractor, laborer or supplier of CONTRACTOR. 4.25 PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENTED INVENTION The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copynght, by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner thereof THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND ALL SUITS OR CLAIMS FOR INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND SHALL INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, EXCEPT SUCH SUITS AND CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF A PARTICULAR DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS OR THE PRODUCT OF A PARTICULAR MANUFACTURER OR MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY THE OWNER, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF CHOICE OF ALTERNATE DESIGN, DEVICE, MATERIAL OR PROCESS IS ALLOWED TO THE CONTRACTOR, OR IF CONTRACTOR KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE PATENT OR COPYRIGHT AND FAILED TO PROMPTLY NOTIFY OWNER IN WRITING, THEN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, SAVE AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY LOSS OR LIABILITY ON ACCOUNT THEREOF 4.26 INDEMNIFICATION THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ENGINEER AND THE OWNER HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER MADE BY ANY EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS OF CONTRACTOR, OR BY ANY UNION, TRADE ASSOCIATION, WORKER'S ASSOCIATION OR OTHER GROUPS, ASSOCIATIONS OR INDIVIDUALS, ALLEGEDLY REPRESENTING EMPLOYEES OF THE CONTRACTOR, IN ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS EMPLOYEES, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INVOLVING, GROWING OUT OF OR ARISING FROM CLAIMS BY SUCH EMPLOYEES FOR WAGES, SALARY, COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, WORKING CONDITIONS OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR COMPLAINT OR CLAIM WHICH MAY BE MADE. THE CONTRACTOR, HIS SURETIES AND INSURANCE CARRIERS SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES FROM AND AGAINST ALL DAMAGES, CLAIMS, LOSSES, DEMANDS, SUITS, LIABILITIES, JUDGMENTS AND COSTS OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEY'S FEES AND EXPENSES, AND SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY JUDGMENT THEREFOR, WITH COSTS, WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AGAINST THE OWNER AND/OR THE ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR OFFICERS, REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM OR ALLEGEDLY ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE 08-2018 00700- 16 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OF THE WORK, PROVIDED THAT ANY SUCH DAMAGES, CLAIM, LOSS, DEMAND, SUIT,LIABILITY,JUDGMENT, COST OR EXPENSE. (A) ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR ALLEGEDLY ARISES OUT OF OR RESULTS FROM IN WHOLE OR IN PART, ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY CONTRACTOR, OR (B) IS ATTRIBUTABLE TO BODILY INJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE OR DEATH OR INJURY TO OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE LOSS OF USE RESULTING THEREFROM, AND IS CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR IS ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF THE CONTRACTOR, ANY SUBCONTRACTOR, THEIR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANYONE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY EMPLOYED BY ANY ONE OF THEM OR ANYONE FOR WHOSE ACTS ANY OF THEM MAY BE LIABLE, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT IT IS CAUSED IN PART OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY OF OWNER, ENGINEER AND/OR A PARTY INDEMNIFIED HEREUNDER. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with the provisions of Section 130 002 of the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligated to indemnify or hold harmless the ENGINEER, his agents, servants or employees, from liability for damage that is caused by or results from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by the ENGINEER, or negligence of the ENGINEER in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of any construction contract and the plans, designs or specifications that are a part of the construction contract, and arises from personal injury or death, property injury, or any other expense that arises from personal injury, death, or property injury This indemnity agreement is a continuing obligation, and shall survive notwithstanding completion of the Work, Final Payment, expiration of the warranty period, termination of the Contract, and abandonment or takeover of the Work. CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations hereunder shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or a subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts, and shall not be limited by any limitation on amounts or coverage of insurance provided or to be provided under this Contract. 4.27 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES All loss, cost, expense or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from any unforeseen circumstances in the prosecution of the same, or from the action of the elements, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at his own cost and expense. 08-2018 00700- 17 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4.28 GUARANTEE. The CONTRACTOR hereby guarantees all the Work under the Contract to be free from defects or deficiencies in material in every particular and free from defects or deficiencies in workmanship; and against unusual damage from proper and usual use; and agrees to replace or to re-execute without cost to the OWNER such Work as may be found to be defective, deficient or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, and to make good all damages caused to other work or material, due to such defective Work or due to its required replacement or re-execution. This guarantee shall cover a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or Partial Substantial Completion of Work under the Contract, as evidenced by the Certificate of Substantial Completion. Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion, Final Payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for defective, deficient or non-conforming matenal or workmanship during the period covered by the guarantee. The one-year period of guarantee will not limit the OWNER'S other rights under common law with respect to any defects, deficiencies or non-conforming Work discovered after one year If this one-year guarantee conflicts with other warranties or guarantees, the longer period of warranty or guarantee will govern. 5.0 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 01 TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this Contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to prosecute his Work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction, provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the Work shall be Substantially Completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this Contract and the Contract Time; provided, also, that when the OWNER is having other work done, either by contract or by his own forces, the ENGINEER may direct the time and manner of constructing the Work done under this Contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the OWNER shall be harmomzed, and the CONTRACTOR shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with OWNER or such other contractors. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, an updated schedule with every pay estimate for review by the ENGINEER, schedules which shall show the order in which the CONTRACTOR proposes to carry on the Work, with dates on which the CONTRACTOR will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. Such schedules shall show completion of the Work within the Contract Time, and/or shall show such recovery efforts as CONTRACTOR intends to undertake in the event Substantial Completion of the Work is delayed. 5 02 EXTENSION OF TIME. The CONTRACTOR agrees that he has submitted his Bid Proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this Project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions as hereinafter set forth, and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this Contract, except when Substantial Completion of the Work has been delayed solely by strikes, lockouts, fires, Acts of God, or by any other cause which the ENGINEER shall decide justifies the delay The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER prompt notice, in writing and within three (3) days of the start of any such delay, of the cause of any such delay, and its estimated effect on the Work and the schedule for completion of the Work. Upon receipt of a written request for an extension of the Contract Time from the CONTRACTOR, supported by relevant and all requested documentation, the ENGINEER shall submit such written request, together with his written recommendation, to the 08-2018 00700- 18 of 35 r CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT OWNER for consideration. If the delay is not attributable in whole or in part to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors or suppliers, and if the OWNER determines that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an extension of time under the terms of the Contract, the OWNER shall grant an extension of time for Substantial Completion of the Work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, and such extension of time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy, except as may be otherwise provided herein. No extensions of Contract Time shall be made for delays occurring prior to the Contractor's mobilization as defined in Section 01505 MOBILIZATION The Contract Time as defined in the Bid Proposal and other sections herein incorporates 40 Rain Days per calendar year or an average of 3.33 days per calendar month. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep record of all weather related delays and to submit the monthly count on each Pay Application. The Owner's Representative shall review and sign off on this record as a part of the Pay Application approval process every month. If, during preparation of the Balancing Change Order, the status of the work progress requires an extension of the Contract Time, Impact Days shall be added to the Completion Date equal to the total number of Weather or Impact Days approved less the original 40 days resident in the original Contract Time. The Addition of Weather or Impact Days will only alter the Contract Time when added by Change Order If the Work is completed prior to the Completion Date, No Days will be added. The addition of Weather or Impact Days shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole remedy for delays to the completion of the Work and their addition to the Contract Time shall not affect the Contract Price through any "per diem" adjustment to the General Conditions costs, Temporary Facilities costs or any other costs associated with the extension of the Contract Time 5 03 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. In executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR agrees that in undertaking to complete the Work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all interference, disruption, hindrances and delays incident to such Work, whether growing out of delays in securing material, workmen or otherwise. No claim shall be made by the CONTRACTOR for damages, loss, costs or expense resulting from interference, disruption, hindrances or delays from any cause during the progress of any portion of the Work embraced in this Contract, except where the Work is stopped or suspended by order of the OWNER's representative and such stoppage or suspension is not attributable to any act or omission of CONTRACTOR. 5 04 SUSPENSION OF WORK. OWNER may, without cause, order the CONTRACTOR in writing to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, for such period of time as OWNER may request. The Contract Price and/or Contract Time shall be adjusted for any increase in the cost of or the time required for performance of the Work caused by such suspension. No adjustment shall be made to the extent performance was or would have been suspended by a cause for which CONTRACTOR is responsible, or to the extent an adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract Documents. 5 05 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY It is understood and agreed that time is of the essence, and that the CONTRACTOR will commence the Work on the date specified herein or in any Notice to Proceed, and will Substantially Complete the Work within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, that the time for the Substantial Completion of the Work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality The CONTRACTOR further agrees that a failure to complete on time will cause damage to the OWNER and that such damages 08-2018 00700- 19 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT cannot be accurately measured or that ascertainment will be difficult. Therefore, the parties agree that for each and every calendar day the Work or any portion thereof shall remain uncompleted after the expiration of the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall pay, as liquidated damages and as a reasonable estimate of OWNER's damages, and not as a penalty,the amount set out in the Standard Form of Agreement. However, the foregoing agreement as to liquidated damages constitutes only an agreement by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as to the amount of damages which the OWNER will sustain by reason of the CONTRACTOR'S failure to complete the work within the Contract Time. Should the OWNER suffer damage by reason of any other breach by CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may recover such actual damages in addition to any liquidated damages due. The OWNER shall have the right to deduct and withhold the amount of any and all such damages whether it be the minimum amount stipulated above or otherwise, from any monies owing by rt to said CONTRACTOR, or the OWNER may recover such amount from the CONTRACTOR and the sureties of his bond, all of such remedies shall be cumulative and the OWNER shall not be required to elect any one nor be deemed to have made an election by proceeding to enforce any one remedy 5 06 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order Any claim for an adjustment of Contract Time shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making such claim to the other party and to the ENGINEER promptly, but in no event later than ten(10) days after the event-giving rise to the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim, along with supporting data, shall be delivered within thirty (30) days of the occurrence and shall be accompamed by the claimant's written representation that the adjustment claimed is ' the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in Contract Time shall be determined by the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. Contractor shall submit, as a minimum,the following data. A. Information showing that the time requested is not included in the existing Contract and in addition to the Contract. B Information documenting that the number of days requested is accurate for the event. C. Revised, current construction schedule showing that the time requested affects the project's critical path. 5 07 DELAYS BEYOND OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delays beyond the control of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract Time in an amount equal to the time lost. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Price as a result of such delays. IN NO EVENT SHALL OWNER BE LIABLE TO CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM (i) Delays caused by, or within the control of, the CONTRACTOR, or (ii) Delays beyond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, interference by utility owners or other contractors performing other work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, even if such delays are due in part to the negligence, other fault, breach of contract or warranty, violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Act, or strict liability without regard 08-2018 00700-20 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT to fault of OWNER. An extension of Contract time shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays. Delays attributed to, and within the control of, a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. 6.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 6 01 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS. If the CONTRACTOR knows or reasonably should have known of any discrepancies or omissions in the Contract Documents, he shall notify the ENGINEER and obtain a clarification by Addendum before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the ENGINEER prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the CONTRACTOR fully understands the Work to be performed and has provided sufficient sums in his Bid Proposal to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five(5) days prior to the opening of bids. 6 02 QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, volume, number and weight only shall be considered,unless otherwise specifically provided. 6 03 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES. This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and including any estimates contained therein, is intended to convey all Work to be done and matenal to be furnished hereunder Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of Work to be done and material to be furnished under this Contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for comparing the Bid Proposals offered for the Work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of Work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this Contract may differ from the estimates and that the items listed or estimated quantities stated, and/or any difference between estimated and actual Work, shall not give rise to a claim by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER for loss, cost, expense, damages, unit price adjustment, quantity differences, unrecovered overhead or lost or anticipated profits, or other compensation. 6 04 PRICE OF WORK. It is agreed that it is the intent of this Contract that all Work described in the Bid Proposal, and Contract Documents, is to be done for the prices bid by the CONTRACTOR and that such prices shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents as interpreted by the ENGINEER, and all costs, expenses, bond and insurance premiums, taxes, overhead, and profit. In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all Work by the CONTRACTOR, and upon the completion of all Work and the delivery of all materials embraced in this Contract in full conformity with the Contract Documents, the OWNER agrees to pay to the CONTRACTOR the prices set forth in the Standard Form of Agreement, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that the Contract is a unit cost agreement, unless stated otherwise, and that the final Contract amount is equal to the unit cost multiplied by the number of units authorized, installed and approved by the Owner The OWNER does not assume any obligation to pay for any services or material not actually authorized and used. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to receive such prices as payment in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid Work, and for all expenses incurred by him, and for full performance of the Work and the whole thereof in the 08-2018 00700-21 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT manner and according to this Agreement, Contract Documents, and the requirements of the ENGINEER. 6 05 PAYMENTS. No payments made or approvals or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, nor shall any certificate, approval or payment be considered as acceptance of defective, deficient or non-conforming Work. CONTRACTOR shall, at any time requested during the progress of the Work, furnish the OWNER or the ENGINEER with an affidavit showing the CONTRACTOR's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the Work. Before Final Payment is made, the CONTRACTOR shall satisfy the OWNER, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no unpaid claims due subcontractors, suppliers or laborers by reason of any Work under the Contract. Acceptance by CONTRACTOR of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims of whatsoever nature against OWNER, arising out of or related to the Contract, or the Work, or any acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this Contract. 6.06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS When the Contract Price is a lump sum amount,prior to the first Application for Payment, CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review and approval a Schedule of Values, which shall fairly allocate the entire Contract Price among the various portions of the Work and shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the ENGINEER may reasonably require. The Schedule of Values shall follow the trade divisions of the Specifications so far as practicable. Upon approval, this Schedule of Values shall be used by ENGINEER as the basis for reviewing the Contractor's Application for Payment. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. On or before the tenth day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER, for approval or correction, an application for partial payment, being a statement showing as completely as practicable, the agreed unit quantities and extended total value of the Work done by the CONTRACTOR up to and including the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month, said statement shall also include the value of all conforming materials to be fabricated into the Work and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER at the Work site only No payment will be made for materials stored until OWNER has approved in writing storage at the Work site. The ENGINEER shall then review such statement of unit quantities and application for partial payment and the progress of the Work made by the CONTRACTOR and, within ten days after the date ENGINEER receives CONTRACTOR's application for payment, if the application is found to be accurate and correct and the WORK conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall certify the application for partial payment and shall deliver his preliminary certification for payment to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, or, if the ENGINEER finds that CONTRACTOR's application for payment contains an error or is otherwise disputed, he shall notify CONTRACTOR of such error or dispute, and shall prepare a preliminary certificate for partial payment for the undisputed amount of the application for payment due CONTRACTOR, and deliver it to the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER'S notice to CONTRACTOR that a bona fide dispute for payment exists shall include a list of the specific reasons for nonpayment. All payment applications made by CONTRACTOR and delivered to ENGINEER and all verifications and certification of such applications shall be made and transmitted within the Pro- Trak system and signed with the appropriate electronic signatures as provided for in the software. Such applications for payment shall not be considered complete unless accompanied by the 08-2018 00700-22 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR'S Partial Waiver of Lien and Payment Affidavit, Section 00615, duly executed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR and reflecting the correct corresponding amount of the payment application. The OWNER shall then pay the CONTRACTOR, within thirty (30) days of the date of ENGINEER's receipt of the application for payment, the undisputed balance due, less applicable retainage, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained or withheld by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR may submit a corrected application for payment after its receipt of the ENGINEER's notice of error or dispute, and such corrected application for payment shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER and disputed or paid under the same procedure and within the same time limits set out above. As a condition of any progress payment under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall execute and deliver to ENGINEER and OWNER a full release of all claims, direct or indirect, at law or in equity, arising out of or related to the Work to date, excluding retamage or any claims previously submitted as required under the terms of the Contract, and specifically identified and excluded by CONTRACTOR in the release. OWNER shall be entitled to retain from each progress payment five percent (5%) of the amount thereof. Such retainage shall be retained until Final Completion and satisfaction of all conditions for Final Payment. It is understood, however, that in case the whole Work be near to completion, as certified by the ENGINEER, and some unexpected or unusual delay occurs, through no neglect or fault on the part of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, upon written recommendation of the ENGINEER, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER'S option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the Work, and thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive, at the OWNER'S option, payment of the balance due him under the Contract for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject to OWNER's rights to otherwise withhold or retain payments, and subject to the conditions set forth under"6 09 FINAL PAYMENT" The Owner at its option and in compliance with Texas law may reduce retamage to less than the above-stated percentages. 6.07 USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS & PUNCHLIST The OWNER shall have the nght to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the Work, notwithstanding that the time for completing the entire work or such portions may not have expired, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within three (3) days of OWNER's taking possession, give OWNER written notice of same, and CONTRACTOR may be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as may be determined m accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. 6.08 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER AND ENGINEER, by letter executed by a duly qualified officer of CONTRACTOR that in CONTRACTOR's opinion, the Work of the Contract, or an agreed portion thereof, is "Substantially Complete" Such notification shall include a list of all outstanding or incomplete items. Upon receipt, and within a reasonable time thereafter, of such notice, the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR shall jointly perform a walk-through and inspection of the Work to determine the status of all or the identified portion of the work, and the ENGINEER shall prepare a detailed 08-2018 00700-23 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT list of unfinished, incomplete, defective and/or non-conforming Work ("Punchlist"). If the ENGINEER determines that the Work is Substantially Complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER shall issue to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR a Certificate of Substantial Completion. OWNER shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Certificate to make written objection to the ENGINEER as to any provision of the Certificate or the attached list of non-conforming work. If ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Substantially Complete, ENGINEER will, within fourteen (14) days, notify CONTRACTOR of the reason he believes the Work is not Substantially Complete. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities, pending final payment and acceptance, with respect to security, maintenance, utilities and damage to the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. NEITHER THE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK, NOR THE OMISSION OF AN ITEM FROM THE PUNCHLIST, SHALL EXCUSE THE CONTRACTOR FROM PERFORMING ALL OF THE WORK UNDERTAKEN, WHETHER OF A MINOR OR MAJOR NATURE, AND THEREBY COMPLETING THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall establish the time period within which CONTRACTOR shall complete the Work for Final Acceptance by the Owner and ENGINEER. 6 08-1 OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, for security requirement reasons. OWNER may establish an access procedure to facilitate CONTRACTOR's umnterrupted access to the Work for the purposes of completing and correcting all items on the Punchlist in an expeditious manner 6.09 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment of the Retainage withheld from the Contract Price shall be made by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR at such time as. (a) the Work,including all Change Orders and including all Punchlist work, has been fully completed in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, (b) the Contract has been fully performed except for the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work during the warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; (c) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER, (d) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Consent of Surety, if any,to final payment; (e) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a complete set of As-Built Drawings, reflecting all deviations from the Plans, Specifications and approved shop drawings in the Work actually constructed, and delivers all maintenance and operating manuals and/or instructions; 08-2018 00700-24 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (f) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all building certificates required prior to occupancy and all other required inspections/approvals/acceptances by city, county, state governmental entities or other authorities having jurisdiction, (g) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER assignments of all guarantees and warranties from subcontractors,vendors, suppliers or manufacturers, as well as names, addresses and telephone numbers of contacts for each subcontractor, vendor, supplier or manufacturer; (h) CONTRACTOR removes all equipment,tools,temporary facilities, surplus materials and rubbish from the site, and final cleans the site to OWNER's satisfaction, (i) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER a Full and Final Release and Affidavit of Bills Paid in the form attached hereto as Attachment No 2, executed by CONTRACTOR, (j) CONTRACTOR delivers to OWNER all other documentation required to be submitted to OWNER pursuant to the Contract Documents,including but not limited to any special guarantees or warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, etc' in each case in a form satisfactory to OWNER as determined in OWNER's sole discretion, and (k) The Final Application for Payment has been approved by the ENGINEER and OWNER. Acceptance of Final Payment by the CONTRACTOR shall constitute a waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than any claims previously made in writing by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, and still unsettled, and except for claims arising out of third party actions, cross-claims and counterclaims. No interest shall be due or payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR on any sums retained or withheld by OWNER pursuant to the terms or provisions of the Contract Documents, except as otherwise provided by applicable law Neither the Certificate of Substantial Completion nor the Final Payment nor possession or acceptance of the Work shall relieve the CONTRACTOR of its obligation for correction of defective or non- conforming Work, or for fulfillment of any warranty, which may be required by law or by the Contract Documents. 6 10 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from OWNER's premises all matenals, equipment or Work which is defective or otherwise not in conformance with the Contract Documents, whether actually mcorporated in the Work or not, and CONTRACTOR shall, at his own expense, promptly replace such materials, equipment or Work with other materials conforming to the requirements of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of CONTRACTOR or other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If CONTRACTOR does not remove and replace any such unsuitable Work within ten (10) business days after receipt of a written notice from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, the OWNER may remove,replace and remedy such work at CONTRACTOR's expense. 08-2018 00700-25 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6 11 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT If within one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, at its sole cost, correct it and any other work affected thereby promptly after receipt of a written notice from OWNER to do so In addition, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage to building contents, when such damage results from the CONTRACTOR's use of faulty materials or defective workmanship; to the extent such damage is not covered by OWNER's insurance. This warranty period shall renew and recommence for each corrected item of Work upon completion of the remedial work. This time period for correction by CONTRACTOR is in addition to, and not in lieu of, all warranties or remedies, which exist at common law or by statute. These warranty obligations shall survive the termination of this Contract, and shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance, in addition to such other rights and remedies available to OWNER at law or in equity 612 PAYMENTS WITHHELD The OWNER may withhold, or on account of subsequently discovered evidence nullify and demand immediate repayment of, the whole or part of any certificate for payment or payment, to such extent as may be necessary to protect OWNER from loss on account of: (a) Defective or non-conforming Work not remedied, (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims, (c) Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for material or labor; (d) Damage to another contractor, OWNER, existing improvements on the site, or to adjacent or adjoining property; (e) Reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract amount; (f) Reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (g) Failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to execute any and all documents, releases or other documents presented to the CONTRACTOR for execution, as provided for herein or otherwise; (h) Liquidated or other damages due to late completion, and/or (i) Any breach by CONTRACTOR of this Contract or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. When the above grounds are removed to OWNER's satisfaction,the withheld payment shall be made promptly If the said causes are not so remedied, OWNER may remedy the same for CONTRACTOR's account, charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR and deduct such cost 08-2018 00700-26 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT from the Contract Sum or from any payments due or to become due under any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 6 13 DELAYED PAYMENTS Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR when payment is due in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, any interest due CONTRACTOR for late payments shall accrue and be paid in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 2251 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, and payment of such interest shall fully liquidate and compensate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. Should OWNER fail to pay CONTRACTOR an undisputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, CONTRACTOR shall give the notice required and comply with the provisions of Section 2251 051 of the Texas Government Code, and shall thereupon be entitled to the rights and remedies provided therein. 7.0 EXTRA WORK AND CLAIMS 7 01 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS. During the progress of the work, if subsurface, latent physical conditions or unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature are encountered at the site that differ materially from those indicated in the contract or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recogmzed as inherent in the work provided for in the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER's Representative in writing within three (3) calendar days of the specific differing conditions before the site is disturbed and before the affected work is performed. (a)Upon written notification,the ENGINEER will investigate the conditions, and if it is determined that the conditions materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the cost or time required for the performance of any work under the contract, an adjustment, excludmg anticipated profits,will be made and the contract modified in wasting accordingly The ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in wasting of the determination whether or not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment which results in a benefit to the CONTRACTOR will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has provided the required written notice. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause for any effects caused on unchanged work. 7 02 SUSPENSIONS OF WORK ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER. If the performance of all or any portion of the work is suspended by the ENGINEER in writing for seven(7) calendar days and the CONTRACTOR believes that additional compensation and/or contract time is due as a result of such suspension,the CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request for adjustment to the ENGINEER within seven(7) calendar days of receipt of the notice to resume work. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment. (a)Upon receipt,the ENGINEER will evaluate the CONTRACTOR's request. If the ENGINEER agrees that the cost and/or time required for the performance of the contract has increased as a result of such suspension and the suspension was caused by conditions beyond the control of and not the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its suppliers, or subcontractors at any approved tier,and not caused by weather,the ENGINEER will make an adjustment(excluding profit)and modify the contract in writing accordingly The CONTRACTOR will be notified of the ENGINEER's determination, in writing,whether or 08-2018 00700-27 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT not an adjustment of the contract is warranted. (b)No contract adjustment will be allowed unless the CONTRACTOR has submitted the request for adjustment within the time prescribed. (c)No contract adjustment will be allowed under this clause to the extent that performance would have been suspended by any other cause, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract. 7 03 CHANGE ORDERS Without invalidating this Agreement,the OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions to the Work; such changes will be authorized by Change Order to be prepared by the ENGINEER for execution by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. The Change Order shall set forth the basis for any change in Contract Pnce, as hereinafter set forth for Extra Work, and any change in Contract Time, which may result from the change. 7 04 In accordance with paragraph 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S request to work weekends, the Owner's Construction Manager shall,upon receipt of wntten notice by the CONTRACTOR of the need to conduct work on otherwise non-Work Days,prepare a cost estimate for providing Construction Management and Inspection services during the requested period and submit this to both OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If approved by both parties the Construction Manager shall prepare a Deductive Change Order in the amount stated in the estimate for the signature of the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER for inclusion in the next Pay Application. The Deductive Change Order must be signed and executed by both the OWNER and CONTRACTOR prior to start of work on any non-Work Day 7 05 MINOR CHANGES The ENGINEER may authorize minor changes in the Work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase m Contract Price or time. If the CONTRACTOR believes that any minor changes authorized by the ENGINEER involves Extra Work or entitles him to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, the CONTRACTOR shall give notice of same by written request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order, with a copy to OWNER. Any such notice and request by the CONTRACTOR shall be given prior to beginning the changed work. CONTRACTOR's commencement of any minor change in the Work prior to such written notice and request shall constitute a waiver of any and all claims for an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time arising out of or related to such changed work. 7 06 EXTRA WORK. It is agreed that the CONTRACTOR shall perform all work when presented with a written Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order signed by the ENGINEER, subject, however, to the right of the CONTRACTOR to require written confirmation of such Change Order, Work Change Directive or Work Order by the OWNER. It is agreed that the basis of compensation or adjustment to the CONTRACTOR for work either altered, added or deleted by a Change Order or Work Change Directive, or for which a claim for Extra Work is made, shall be determined by one or more of the following methods. Method (A) --By Contract umt prices applicable to the work, if any; or Method(B)--By agreed unit prices or agreed stipulated lump sum price; or 08-2018 00700-28 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Method(C)--If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) can be agreed upon before the Extra Work is commenced, then the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the "Actual Field Cost" of the work plus. a) For subcontractors performing work mark-up shall be limited to fifteen percent, ten(10%) for the subcontractor plus five (5%) for the General Contractor or b)For the General Contractor alone, self-performing the extra work, without subcontractor, the mark-up shall not exceed ten percent (10%), as full and final compensation for the Extra Work and all costs and expenses, direct or indirect, arising out of or related thereto In the event said Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work is performed and paid for under Method (C),then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "Actual Field Cost" is hereby defined as the cost to the CONTRACTOR of all workers, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and materials, supplies, trucks, rentals of machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such Extra Work or Change Order or Work Change Directive work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred together with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, plus all necessary incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such Extra Work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on Performance and Payment Bonds and Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by law or ordinance, or the Contract Documents,plus all payments to subcontractors for such work. The ENGINEER may direct the form in which accounts of the "Actual Field Cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made available to the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER or OWNER may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of domg the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used, otherwise these matters shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using one hundred percent (100%), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America where practicable. The mark-up of the "Actual Field Cost" to be paid to the CONTRACTOR, shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the "Actual Field Cost" as herein defined, save that where the CONTRACTOR's field office must be maintained solely on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "Actual Field Cost." No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered by the ENGINEER in a written Work Order In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the CONTRACTOR to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the Contract Time, he shall make wntten request to the ENGINEER for a written Work Order authorizing such Extra Work within ten (10) days of ENGINEER's orders or mstructions, otherwise the orders or instructions will be considered minor changes. The issuance of a Work Order by the ENGINEER shall not constitute or be construed as an agreement or acknowledgement by the ENGINEER that the work which is the subject of the Work Order is Extra Work outside the scope of the Contract Work, but shall merely constitute a direction to the 08-2018 00700-29 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT CONTRACTOR to perform the work, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the work, and shall keep an accurate account of the "Actual Field Cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). Upon completion of the alleged Extra Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within ten (10) days submit his claim to the ENGINEER by proper certification and attestation, on forms provided by the ENGINEER. The ENGINEER shall render a written decision on CONTRACTOR's claim within ten (10) days. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. If the ENGINEER shall fail to respond m writing to CONTRACTOR's claim within thirty (30) days of the date of submission, or if CONTRACTOR shall dispute or object to ENGINEER's decision on any claim, and CONTRACTOR fails to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0, within sixty (60) days after the date of submission to the ENGINEER, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writing, the CONTRACTOR shall lose and forfeit his right to make such claim for Extra Work at any later date, and all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed waived, forfeited and forever barred. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 7 07 TIME OF FILING CLAIMS. Except as otherwise provided herein, all questions of dispute or adjustment shall be made within the Pro-Trak system and filed with the ENGINEER within three (3) days after the ENGINEER has given any directions, order or instruction to which the CONTRACTOR desires to take exception. The ENGINEER shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions, and render his final decision in writing. It is mutually agreed between the parties that the ENGINEER's decision on all claims or questions in relation to the Work, CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work, any changes in the Work or Extra Work, the Contract Price and/or the Contract Time, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties. In case the CONTRACTOR should desire to appeal from the ENGINEER's decision, the CONTRACTOR may request a meeting between representatives of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the purposes of appealing the ENGINEER's decision directly to the OWNER, such meeting to occur within ten (10) days after the date of the CONTRACTOR's request, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the parties in writing. If the CONTRACTOR shall still be aggrieved after a meeting with the OWNER and/or his representative, the CONTRACTOR shall have sixty (60) days after the date of the meeting, or such longer period as the parties may agree to in writmg, to file a Request for Mediation of such claim in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 0 In the event the CONTRACTOR shall fail, for any reason,to timely file a Request for Mediation,the OWNER shall be released of any and all liability, and the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely file a Request for Mediation shall constitute a waiver, forfeit and final bar of all such claims held by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall continue to diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. 8.0 DEFAULT 8 01 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. In case the CONTRACTOR should abandon and fail or refuse to resume Work within five (5) days after written notification from the OWNER or the ENGINEER, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with the orders of the ENGINEER when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR otherwise defaults on its obligations under the Contract, OWNER shall have the right, if it so elects and 08-2018 00700-30 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT without prejudice to any other rights it may have, after giving five (5) days written notice of default to CONTRACTOR and any surety, to terminate the Contract or any part thereof and/or to take over or cause others to take over the Work or any part thereof, and to complete such Work for the account of CONTRACTOR. Where Performance and Payment Bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be directed to complete the Work in conjunction with the notice of default, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR. After receiving said notice of default,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly and within no more than three (3) days, remove from the Work any machinery, equipment, or tools then on the job, not intended for incorporation into the Work. Should CONTRACTOR fail to promptly remove such machinery, equipment or tools, OWNER may remove such machinery, equipment or tools and - store same at CONTRACTOR's expense; return such machinery, equipment or tools to their purported owner; or otherwise dispose of such machinery, equipment or tools as OWNER sees fit. Any matenals, supplies and/or equipment delivered for use in the Work, may be used in the completion of the Work by the OWNER or the surety on. the Performance Bond, or another contractor in completion of the Work; it being understood that the use of such equipment, supplies and matenals will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the Work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no Performance Bond or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinabove provided for within ten (10) days after the service of such notice, then the OWNER may provide for completion of the Work in either of the following elective manners. (a) The OWNER may thereupon employ such force of workers and use such - machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the OWNER may deem necessary to expeditiously complete the Work, and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and 'supplies to said CONTRACTOR, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the OWNER out of such monies as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the CONTRACTOR, then said CONTRACTOR shall be credited with the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by such CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the OWNER upon demand, or (b) The OWNER, under sealed bids, under the times and procedures provided for by law, may let the contract for completion of the Work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this Contract. In case of any increase in cost to the OWNER under the completion contract, as compared to what would have been the cost under this Contract, such increase shall be charged to the CONTRACTOR, and the amount of such increase may be deducted by the OWNER out of such momes as may be due or that may thereafter at any time become due to the CONTRACTOR under and by virtue of this Agreement or any other agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, or the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall promptly pay the amount of such increase to the OWNER 08-2018 00700-31 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT upon demand. However, should the cost to complete any such completion contract prove to be less than what would have been the cost to complete under this Contract, the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. In the event of a default by CONTRACTOR, no further payments shall be made to CONTRACTOR under the Contract until the Work is Finally Completed. When the Work shall have been Finally Completed,the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be so notified. A complete itemized statement of the Contract accounts, certified by the ENGINEER as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the CONTRACTOR and his surety, whereupon the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement. The OWNER, prior to incurring an obligation to make payment hereunder, shall have such statement of completion attested to by the CONTRACTOR and the surety as accurate, and in exchange for payment of the sum stated therein, the OWNER shall be entitled to a full and final release of any claims or demands by the CONTRACTOR or the surety In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the OWNER had the work been completed by the CONTRACTOR under the terms of this Contract, or when the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the OWNER, then all machinery, equipment, tools or supplies left on the site of the Work shall be turned over to the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety Should the cost to complete the Work exceed the Contract Pnce, and the CONTRACTOR and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the OWNER within the time designated above, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies which are the property of CONTRACTOR on the site of the Work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the CONTRACTOR and his surety at the respective addresses designated in the Contract, provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the CONTRACTOR and his surety, subject only to the duty of the OWNER to exercise ordinary care to protect such property After fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, the OWNER may sell such property, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the CONTRACTOR and his surety Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the OWNER may elect. The OWNER shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies, which remain on the Work, and belong to persons other than the CONTRACTOR or his surety, to their reputed owners. 8 02 SUPPLEMENTATION OF CONTRACTOR FORCES If CONTRACTOR at any time shall, in OWNER'S sole opinion, fail to furnish skilled workers, suitable materials, supplies or adequate equipment sufficient for the prompt, timely and diligent prosecution of the Work in accordance with OWNER's direction, OWNER shall have the right, without prejudice to the exercise of other remedies for the same default and without fully taking over the Work, to supplement CONTRACTOR's forces and to expedite delivery of and to procure and furnish such workers, materials, tools, supplies or equipment for CONTRACTOR's account by employing other contractors and suppliers engaged in the same class of work and charge the entire cost thereof to CONTRACTOR, said cost to be deducted from sums due or to become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of OWNER. 08-2018 00700-32 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 8.03 CUMULATIVE REMEDIES & SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. All rights and remedies of OWNER, under the terms of the Contract and/or available at law or in equity, are cumulative. In the event CONTRACTOR or any of-its subcontractors, vendors or suppliers fails or refuses for any reason to provide timely manufacture, fabrication, delivery, installation, erection, construction or completion of any supplies, matenals, expendables, equipment, machinery, accessones or appurtenances to be furnished hereunder, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that such items are required, necessary, essentially unique to the Project and the Work and will cause irreparable harm to OWNER and the Project if not furnished in accordance with the Contract, and OWNER shall have the right to obtain a decree of specific performance and mandatory injunctive relief from any Court of competent junsdiction to ensure the timely furnishing of such items. 8 04 CROSS-DEFAULT If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR is declared in default and/or terminated by OWNER under any other agreement with OWNER, whether related to the Project or not related to the Project, OWNER shall have the right to offset and apply any amounts which might be owed to OWNER by'CONTRACTOR under any other such agreements against any earned but unpaid amounts owing to CONTRACTOR by OWNER under the Contract, any retainage earned by CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any unearned, unpaid amount under the Contract. 8 05 INSOLVENCY It is recognized that if CONTRACTOR becomes a debtor in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, such events could seriously impair or frustrate CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Accordingly, it is agreed that should CONTRACTOR become a debtor in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writmg within twenty-four (24) hours of the filing with the bankruptcy court. Further, it is agreed that upon occurrence of any one or more such events, OWNER shall be entitled to request of CONTRACTOR or its successors, trustees or receivers, adequate assurances of future performance. In the event such adequate assurances are not given to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER within seventy-two (72) hours of such request, OWNER shall have the right to immediately invoke the remedies of this Section 8 or as provided by law Pending receipt of such adequate assurances of such future performance, OWNER may proceed with the Work on a temporary basis and deduct the costs, plus reasonable overhead and profit, from any amounts due or which may become due to CONTRACTOR under the Contract or any other agreement with OWNER. In this regard, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that delays in performance could result in more damages to CONTRACTOR than would be sustained if OWNER failed to exercise such remedies. 8 06 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT CONTRACTOR hereby assigns to OWNER, all of CONTRACTOR's rights under and interest in any and all subcontracts and/or purchase orders entered into by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, such assignment to become effective upon CONTRACTOR's default under this Agreement or OWNER's termination of this Contract, and OWNER's acceptance of such assignment. Upon CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of this Contract, OWNER may, in the event there is no performance bond for the Contract, or in the event the performance bond surety fails to complete the Contract, or if OWNER otherwise so elects in its sole discretion, accept such assignment by written notice of such acceptance to CONTRACTOR and subcontractor, and may require subcontractors to perform all of the then unperformed duties and obligations under the subcontract, for the direct benefit of OWNER. In the event OWNER requires such performance by a subcontractor, then OWNER 08-2018 00700-33 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT shall be obligated to pay such subcontractor any amounts due and owing under the terms of the subcontract/purchase order, at the subcontract prices and rates, and subject to any rights of withholding or offset and other terms and conditions of the subcontract, for all work properly performed by such subcontractor, to the date of OWNER's acceptance and thereafter OWNER's liability in this connection, however, shall not exceed the amount obtained by subtracting all payments made by CONTRACTOR to subcontractor from the Subcontract Pnce at the time of CONTRACTOR's default or OWNER's termination of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall include a provision in its subcontracts that allows such assignment and allows OWNER to take these actions, and further provides that in the event of CONTRACTOR's termination for default, the subcontractor agrees to give the OWNER or its agent the nght to mspect all books and records of subcontractor relating to the Work. 8 07 WAIVER OF CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CONTRACTOR expressly waives any and all claims for consequential damages against OWNER arising out of or related to this Contract, or any other agreements between CONTRACTOR and OWNER, including, but not limited to, claims for damages incurred by CONTRACTOR for principal office expenses, including the compensation of personnel stationed there, losses of financing, bonding capacity, business and reputation, and claims for lost profit, whether on this Contract or otherwise. 8 08 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. OWNER may at its sole discretion, upon five (5) days written notice to CONTRACTOR, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if and when OWNER determines that it is in the best interest of OWNER to do so Upon receipt of such written notice from OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall cease all terminated Work and take reasonable precautions to protect and preserve such work, and shall take all reasonable measures after consultation with OWNER to terminate or assign to OWNER all subcontracts, purchase orders or other commitments related to the Work or the Project on terms and conditions acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR will be paid for all Work performed m strict accordance with the Contract Documents, based upon the Contract Price and the percentage of completion on the date of termination, and less amounts previously paid, subject to any reasonable backcharges attributable to CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of the provisions of this Contract and further subject to the other terms of this Contract regarding payment. In no event will CONTRACTOR receive or be entitled to any payment or compensation whatsoever for interruption of business or loss of business opportunities, any other items of consequential damages, for overhead or loss of profits on the unperformed Work and/or services and unfurnished materials or for any intangible, impact or similarly described cost, damages or expense, and under no circumstance's shall the total sum paid to or received by CONTRACTOR under this Contract exceed the Contract Price. The compensation provided herein shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy arising out of a termination for convenience. 8 09 DEFAULT BY OWNER. In case the OWNER shall default on its material obligations under this Contract, other than OWNER's failure to pay CONTRACTOR a disputed amount due within the time limits provided in the Contract or applicable law, as addressed by Section 6 13 of this Agreement, and shall fail or refuse to cure, or to commence and diligently pursue cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after written notification by the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR may suspend or wholly abandon the Work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of the Work that have not been included in payments to the CONTRACTOR and have not been incorporated into the Work. And thereupon,the ENGINEER shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the CONTRACTOR, which estimate shall include the value of all Work actually completed by 08-2018 00700-34 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT said CONTRACTOR (at the Contract Prices), the value of all partially completed Work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this Contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the CONTRACTOR tO carry the whole Work to completion and which cannot be utilized. The ENGINEER shall then make a final statement of the balance due the CONTRACTOR by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the OWNER and all other sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement, and shall present the same to the OWNER, and OWNER's payment of said sum to the CONTRACTOR, on or before thirty (30) days after OWNER's receipt of such statement, shall satisfy any and all rights, claims or causes of action of CONTRACTOR arising out of or related to such default by OWNER, and shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such default. A disputed or unilateral claim by the Contractor cannot by itself constitute a default hereunder 9.0 DISPUTE RESOLUTION - Any dispute or pending claim or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall not excuse or relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations under the Contract, and CONTRACTOR shall diligently prosecute the Work notwithstanding any pending claim, dispute, or dispute resolution process between OWNER and CONTRACTOR. All claims, disputes and other matters in question arising out of or relating to, the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to any other dispute resolution process as may be selected by OWNER. Unless mutually agreed otherwise the mediation shall be conducted by a third party who will be selected by agreement 'between OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and Request for Mediation shall be filed with the other party The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally If a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the work of a subcontractor or supplier, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such subcontractor or supplier as a party to any mediation proceeding between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts and/or purchase orders related to the Work a specific provision whereby the subcontractor or supplier consents to being joined in mediation between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the work of such subcontractor or supplier This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas and shall be considered performable in Brazoria County, Texas, for venue purposes. Further, the OWNER and CONTRACTOR stipulate that venue for any dispute resolution proceeding involving or touching upon the Contract other than the conduct of an arbitration hearing shall be in Brazoria County, Texas, or, if such choice of venue is prohibited or unenforceable by law, shall be held in the county where the Project is located. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in the event OWNER seeks to enforce any provision of this Contract whether by arbitration or other dispute resolution process. Further, in the event OWNER defends any claim instituted by CONTRACTOR against OWNER, whether in arbitration or other dispute resolution process, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay OWNER all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by OWNER in defending such claim provided OWNER is the prevailing party, in whole or in part, in such proceeding. 08-2018 00700-35 of 35 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 1 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. DEFINITIONS Certificate of coverage ("certificate") A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority,to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83 or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project for the duration of the Project. Duration of the Project includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the contractor's/person's work on the Project has been completed and the Project warranty penod has expired. Persons providing services on the project includes persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with due contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, mdependent contractors, subcontractors, motor carriers and owner- operators, (as defined at Section 406 121 of the Texas Labor Code), leasing companies, and employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. C. The CONTRACTOR must provide a certificate of coverage to the OWNER prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. E. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each subcontractor or other person providing services on a project, and provide to the OWNER. (I) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 05/2007 00700-Al CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR and prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter G. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known, of any changes that materially affect the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The CONTRACTOR shall post on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. NOTICE REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage." The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,too (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Title 5 Workers' Compensation, Subtitle A Texas Workers' Compensation Act, for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; (2) provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the Project: 05/2007 00700-A2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT (3) provide the CONTRACTOR,prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage, showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR. (a) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning work on the Project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7),with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage agreements will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured,with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, which entitles the OWNER to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under the Contract, at law or in equity, if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 05/2007 00700-A3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO. 2 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS AGREEMENT FOR FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACTOR'S SWORN RELEASE In consideration of the Final Payment under that certain contract between [Contractor's Company Name] (hereafter "CONTRACTOR") and the City of Pearland (hereafter "OWNER") for the Project known as COWART CREEK DETENTION PUMP STATION GENERATOR (the "Contract"), the CONTRACTOR makes the following representations to OWNER, either individually if a proprietorship, or jointly and severally by all general partners if a partnership, or if a corporation,by action of the president and secretary of said corporation, as duly authorized by appropriate action of the stockholders and/or board of directors of said corporation, their signatures hereon constituting a representation under oath by said individuals that they have the authority to execute this Agreement for and on behalf of the said corporation. 1 The undersigned CONTRACTOR represents to OWNER that the Application for Payment for the Final Payment under the Contract, and the final Change Order issued under the Contract if any, whether or not modified, corrected or changed in some way by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER, a copy of which are attached hereto and marked Exhibit "A", are true, correct and accurate, and that CONTRACTOR has received payment m full for all other Applications for Payment submitted under the Contract, and that CONTRACTOR has been fully compensated for all labor, materials, equipment and/or services furnished in connection with the Contract, except for the Final Payment. 2. It is agreed and stipulated by the undersigned CONTRACTOR that upon the receipt of Final Payment in the amount as set out on the attached Application for Payment, the CONTRACTOR, by execution of this instrument of release, does, therefore, RELEASE and FOREVER DISCHARGE OWNER of and from all manner of debts, claims, demands, obligations, suits, liabilities and causes of action of any nature whatsoever, at law or in equity, m contract or in tort, now existing or which may hereafter accrue, arising out of or related to the Contract, any Change Orders or Work Orders, the Work, or any labor, materials, equipment or services furnished by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. 3 The CONTRACTOR, acting by and through the person or persons whose names are subscribed hereto, does solemnly swear and affirm that all bills and claims have been paid to all materialmen, suppliers, laborers, subcontractors, or other entities performing services or supplying materials or equipment, and that OWNER shall not be subject to any bills, claims, demands, litigation or suits in connection therewith. 4 It is further specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a part of the Contract, and it is also specifically understood and agreed that this Agreement shall not act as a modification,waiver or renunciation by OWNER of any of its rights or remedies as set out in the Contract itself, but this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release shall constitute a supplement thereto for the additional protection of OWNER. 05/2007 00700-B 1 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the_day of , 20_ CONTRACTOR. By. Signature Print Name: Title: [If CONTRACTOR is a proprietorship, owner must sign, if a partnership, each general partner must sign, if a corporation,the following language should be used.] SIGNED and EXECUTED this,the day of 20_by , a Texas corporation, under authority granted to the undersigned by said corporation as contained in the Charter,By-Laws or Minutes of a meeting of said corporation regularly called and held. f ( CONTRACTOR. By. President ATTEST Corporate Secretary (Corporate Seal) [This form is for use by either a proprietorship, or a partnership. In the event CONTRACTOR is a partnership or a J oint proprietorship, additional lines should be added for each individual.] 05/2007 00700-B2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the person or persons whose name(s) are subscribed to the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. I(We) am(are)the person(s)who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release, and I (we)have read the facts and statements as therein set out and the representations as made therein, and I (we) state that the above and foregoing are true and correct. CONTRACTOR-Affiant SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me,the day of 20_ Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires. [This form is for use in the event CONTRACTOR is a corporation.] _ 07/2006 00700-B3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF § BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared the persons who signed and executed the above and foregoing Agreement for Final Payment mid Contractor's Sworn Release, whose names are set out above,who each, after being by me duly sworn, on their oaths deposed and said. We each are the persons whose'names are subscribed above, and hold respectively the offices in the corporation as set out above, and each state under oath that we have the authority to execute this Agreement for Final Payment and Contractor's Sworn Release for and on behalf of said corporation,pursuant to authority granted to us in the Charter of said corporation,the By-Laws of said corporation and/or the Minutes of said corporation, and the facts, statements and representations as set out in the instrument to which this Affidavit is attached, are true and correct. SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED TO before me this,the day of , 20 Notary Public, State of Texas My Commission Expires. 07/2006 00700-B4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT NO.3 TO GENERAL CONDITIONS OWNER'S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACTOR 1 Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement: 1 1 Owner Parties. "Owner Parties" means (a) the City of Pearland, its successors and assigns, and the Engineer, (b) any officers, employees, or agents of such persons or entities, and(c) others as required by the Contract Documents, if any 1.2 Contractor "Contractor" shall mean the vendor providing the service or work to be performed under this Agreement. 1.3 Subcontractor "Subcontractor" shall include subcontractors of any tier 1 4 ISO "ISO"means Insurance Services Office. 2. Contractor Insurance Representations to Owner Parties 2.1 It is expressly understood and agreed that the insurance coverages required herein. 2.1 1 represent Owner Parties' minimum requirements and are not to be construed to void or limit the Contractor's indemnity obligations as contained in this Agreement nor represent in any manner a determination of the insurance coverages the Contractor should or should not maintain for its own protection, and 2.1.2 are being, or have been, obtained by the Contractor in support of the Contractor's liability and indemnity obligations under this Agreement. Neither the requirements as to insurance to be carried as provided for herein, the insolvency, bankruptcy or failure of any insurance company carrying insurance of the Contractor, nor the failure of any insurance company to pay claims accruing, shall be held to affect,negate or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement. 2.2 Failure to obtain and maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material breach of, and default under, this Agreement. If the Contractor shall fail to remedy such breach within five (5) business days after notice by the Owner, the Contractor will be liable for any and all costs, liabilities, damages and penalties resulting to the Owner Parties from such breach, unless a written waiver of the specific insurance requirement(s) is provided to the Contractor by the Owner In the event of any failure by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, the Owner may, without in any way compromising or waiving any right or remedy at law or in equity, on notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance, at the Contractor's expense, provided that the Owner shall have no obligation to do so and if the Owner shall do so, the Contractor shall not be relieved of or excused from the obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance amounts and coverages. 10-2012 00700-Cl CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 3 Conditions Affecting All Insurance Required Herein 3 1 Cost of Insurance. All insurance coverage shall be provided at the Contractor's sole expense. 3.2 Status and Rating of Insurance Company All insurance coverage shall be written through insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed and rated no less than A- VII in the most current edition of A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. 3.3 Restrictive, Limiting, or Exclusionary Endorsements. All insurance coverage shall be provided to the Owner Parties in compliance with the requirements herein and shall contain no endorsements that restrict, limit, or exclude coverage required herein in any manner without the prior express written approval of the Owner 3 4 Limits of Liability The limits of liability may be provided by a single policy of insurance or by a combination of primary and umbrella policies, but in no event shall the total limits of liability available for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount required herein. 3.5 Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal, or Material Reduction in Coverage. All insurance coverage shall contain the following express provision. In the event of cancellation, non-renewal, or material reduction in coverage affecting the certificate holder, thirty (30) days prior wntten notice shall be given to the certificate holder by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested. 3 6 Waiver of Subrogation. The Contractor hereby agrees to waive its rights of recovery from the Owner Parties with regard to all causes of property and/or liability loss and shall cause a waiver of subrogation endorsement to be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on all insurance coverage carried by the Contractor, whether required herein or not. 3 7 Deductible/Retention. Except as otherwise specified herein, no insurance required herein shall contain a deductible or self-insured retention in excess of $25,000 without prior written approval of the Owner All deductibles and/or retentions shall be paid by, assumed by, for the account of, and at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. 4 Maintenance of Insurance. The following insurance shall be maintained in effect with limits not less than those set forth below at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter as required. 10-2012 00700-C2 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1 Commercial General Liability Insurance 4 1 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of all locations and operations of the Contractor, including but not limited to liability assumed under this contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract). Defense shall be provided as an additional benefit and not included within the limit of liability 4 1.2 Form. Commercial General Liability Occurrence form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CG 0001 0798 or its equivalent). 4 1.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with limits of not less than. Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Product-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $2,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury Limit $1,000,000 4 1 4 Required Endorsements a. Additional Insured. Additional insured status shall be provided in favor of the Owner Parties on any of the following i. ISO form CG 20 10 11 85, or ii. ISO form CG 20 26 11 85, or iii. a combination of ISO forms CG 20 33 10 01 and CG 20 37 1001, or iv any form providing equivalent protection to Owner b Designated Construction Project(s) Aggregate Limit. The aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement through use of an ISO CG 25 03 03 97 endorsement or its equivalent. c. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. d. Personal Injury Liability The personal injury contractual liability exclusion shall be deleted. e. Primary and Non-Contributing Liability It is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that all insurance required herein shall be primary to all insurance available to the Owner Parties. The obligations of the Contractor's insurance shall not be affected by any other insurance available to the Owner Parties and shall seek no contribution from the Owner Parties' insurance, whether primary, excess contingent, or on any other basis. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be endorsed to provide such primary and non- contributing liability f. Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 10-2012 00700-C3 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 1.5 Continuing Commercial General Liability Insurance The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of _ Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to Owner stating Work completion date. 4.2 Auto Liability Insurance 4.2.1 Coverage. Such insurance shall cover liability arising out of any auto (including owned,hired, and non-owned) 4.2.2 Form. Business Auto form (at least as broad as an unmodified ISO CA 0001 or its equivalent). 4.2.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000 4.2.4 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5,above. b Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4.3 Employer's Liability Insurance 4.3 1 Coverage. Employer's Liability Insurance shall be provided as follows. 4.3.2 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than. Employer's Liability. $1,000,000 each accident and each disease. 4.3.3 Required Endorsements a. Notice of Cancellation, Nonrenewal or Material Reduction in Coverage, as required in 3.5, above. b Waiver of Subrogation, as required in 3 6, above. 4 4 Umbrella Liability Insurance 4 4 1 Coverage. Such insurance shall be excess over and be no less broad than all coverages described above and shall mclude a drop-down provision for exhaustion of underlying limits. 4 4.2 Form. This policy shall have the same inception and expiration dates as the commercial general liability insurance required above. 10-2012 00700-C4 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 4.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$5,000,000 4 4 4 Continuing Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount, including required endorsements, for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide written representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4.5 Professional Liability Insurance 4.5 1 Coverage. The Contractor shall provide professional liability insurance for any professional design or engmeering drawing required by the work. Such insurance shall indemnify the Owner from claims arising from the negligent performance of professional services of any type, including but not limited to design or design/build services as part of the Work to be performed. 4.5.2 Form. This insurance shall include prior acts coverage sufficient to cover all services rendered by the Contractor and by its consultants under this Agreement. It is recognized that this coverage may be provided on a Claims-Made basis. 4.5.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided with a limit of not less than$1,000,000 4.5 4 Continuing Professional Liability Insurance The Contractor shall maintain such insurance in identical coverage, form and amount for at least one (1) year following Date of Substantial Completion of the Work to be performed under this Agreement. The Contractor shall provide wntten representation to the Owner stating Work completion date. 4 6 Builder's Risk 4 6 1 Insureds. Insureds shall include: a. Owner, General Contactor and all Loss Payees and Mortgagees as Named Insureds; and b. subcontractors of all tiers in the Work as Additional Insureds. 10-2012 00700-C5 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6.2 Covered Property. Such insurance shall cover a. all structure(s) under construction, including retaining walls, paved surfaces and roadways, bridges, glass, foundation(s), footings, underground pipes and wiring, excavations, grading, backfilling or filling; b all temporary structures (e.g., fencing, scaffolding, cribbing, false work, forms, site lighting, temporary utilities and buildings) located at the site; c. all property including matenals and supplies on site for installation, d. all property including materials and supplies at other locations but mtended for use at the site; e. all property including materials and supplies in transit to the site for installation by all means of transportation other than ocean transit; and f. other Work at the site identified in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached. Form a. Coverage shall be at least as broad as an unmodified ISO Special form, shall be provided on a completed-value basis, and shall be primary to any other coverage msurance available to the msured parties, with that other insurance being excess, secondary and non- contributing. b. No protective safeguard warranty shall be permitted. c. Required coverage shall further include. i. Additional expenses due to delay in $ TBD completion of project(where applicable) ii. Agreed value Included without sublimit iii. Damage arising from error, omission or Included without sublimit deficiency in construction methods, design, specifications, workmanship or materials, including collapse iv Debris removal additional limit 25%of direct damage loss v Earthquake (where applicable) $ TBD vi. Earthquake sprinkler leakage (where $ TBD applicable) vii. Expediting expenses $ TBD viii. Flood(where applicable) $ TBD ix. Freezing Included without sublimit x. Mechanical breakdown, including hot& Included without sublimit cold testing (where applicable) xi. Notice of cancellation,non-renewal or Included 10-2012 00700-C6 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT material reduction—60 days prior written notice to each insured xii. Occupancy clause, as required m F, Included below xiii. Ordinance or law Included without sublimit xiv Pollutant clean-up and removal $TBD xv Preservation of property Included without sublimit xvi. Replacement cost Included xvii. Theft Included without sublimit xviii. Waiver of subrogation as required in G, Included below 4 6.3 Amount of Insurance. Coverage shall be provided in an amount equal at all times to the full replacement value and cost of debris removal for any smgle occurrence. 4.6.4 Deductibles. Deductibles shall not exceed the following: a. All Risks of Direct Damage, Per $5,000 Occurrence, except b. Delayed Opening Waiting Penod 5 Days c. ,Flood, Per Occurrence $25,000 or excess of " NFIP if in Flood Zone A, BorV d. Earthquake and Earthquake Sprinkler $25,000 Leakage, Per Occurrence 4 6.5 Termination of Coverage. The termination of coverage provision shall be endorsed to permit occupancy of the covered property being constructed so long as such occupancy does not exceed 20% of the usable area of the property This insurance shall/be maintained in effect, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, until the earliest of the following dates. a. the date on which all persons and organizations who are insureds under the policy agree that it shall be terminated, b the date on which final payment, as provided for in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached, has been made; or c. the date on which the insurable interests in the Covered Property of all insureds other than Contractor have ceased. 10-2012 00700-C7 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 4 6.6 Waiver of Subrogation. The waiver of subrogation provision shall be endorsed as follows. a. A waiver of subrogation shall be provided in favor of all insureds. b. The waiver of subrogation provisions shall be endorsed as follows. Should a covered loss be subrogated, either in whole or in part, your rights to any recovery will come first, and we will be entitled to a recovery only after you have been fully compensated for the loss. 5 Intentionally left blank. 6 Evidence of Insurance 6 1 Provision of Evidence. Evidence of the insurance coverage required to be maintained by the Contractor, represented by certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements issued by the 'insurance company or its legal agent, and must be furnished to the Owner prior to commencement of Work and not later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of this Agreement. New certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall be provided to the Owner prior to the termination date of the current certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements. 6.2 Form 6.2.1 All property insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 28, "Evidence of Property Insurance" 6.2.2 All liability insurance required herein shall be evidenced by ACORD form 25, "Certificate of Insurance" 6.3 Specifications. Such certificates of insurance, evidence of insurance, and endorsements shall specify. 6.3 1 The Owner as a certificate holder with correct mailing address. 6.3.2 Insured's name, which must match that on this Agreement. 6.3.3 Insurance companies affording each coverage, policy number of each coverage, policy dates of each coverage, all coverages and limits described herein, and signature of authorized representative of insurance company 6.3 4 Producer of the certificate with correct address and phone number listed. 6.3.5 Additional insured status required herein. 6.3 6 Amount of any deductibles and/or retentions. 6.3 7 Cancellation, non-renewal and material reduction in coverage notification as required by this Agreement. Additionally, the words "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon Company, it agents or representatives" shall be deleted from the cancellation provision of the ACORD 25 certificate of insurance form. 10-2012 00700-C8 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT 6.3 8 Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limits required herein. 6.3.9 Personal Injury contractual liability required herein. 6.3 10 Primary and non-contributing status required herein. 6.3 11 Waivers of subrogation required herein. 6 4 Required Endorsements. A copy of each of the required endorsements shall also be provided. 6.5 Failure to Obtain. Failure of any Owner Party to demand such certificate or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of any Owner Party to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. 6 6 Certified Copies. Upon request of any Owner Party, the Contractor shall provide tb the Owner a certified copy of all insurance policies required herein within ten (10) days of any such request. Renewal policies, if necessary, shall be delivered to the Owner prior to the expiration of the previous policy 6.7 Commencement of Work. Commencement of Work without provision of the required certificate of msurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements, or without compliance with any other provision of this Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver by any Owner Party of any rights. The Owner shall have the nght, but not the obligation, of prohibiting the Contractor or any subcontractor from performing any Work until such certificate of insurance, evidence of insurance and/or required endorsements are received and approved by the Owner 7 Insurance Requirements of Contractor's Subcontractors 7 1 Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by all subcontractors (or provided by the Contractor on behalf of subcontractors) to cover operations performed under any subcontract agreement. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modification in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. The Contractor shall maintain certificates of insurance from all subcontractors, containing provisions similar to those listed herein (modified to recognize that the certificate is from subcontractor) enumerating, among other things, the waivers' of subrogation, additional insured status, and primary liability as required herein, and make them available to the Owner upon request. 7.2 The Contractor is fully responsible for loss and damage to its property on the site, including tools and equipment, and shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to or vandalism, theft, burglary, pilferage and unexplained disappearance of property Any insurance covering the Contractor's or its subcontractor's property shall be the Contractor's and its subcontractor's sole and complete means or recovery for any such loss. To the extent any loss is not covered by said insurance or subject to any deductible or co-insurance, the Contractor shall not be reimbursed for same. Should the Contractor or its subcontractors choose to self insure this nsk, it is expressly agreed that the Contractor hereby waives, and shall cause it's 10-2012 00700-C9 CITY OF PEARLAND GENERAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT subcontractors to waive, any claim for damage or loss to said property in favor of the Owner Parties. 8 Use of the Owner's Equipment. The Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers shall use the Owner's equipment only with express written permission of the Owner's designated representative and in accordance with the Owner's terms and condition for such use. If the Contractor or any of its agents, employees, subcontractors or suppliers utilize any of the Owner's equipment for any purpose, including machinery, tools, scaffolding, hoists, lifts or similar items owned, leased or under the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and be liable to the Owner Parties for any and all loss or damage which may arise from such use. 9 Release and Waiver The Contractor hereby releases, and shall cause its subcontractors to release, the Owner Parties from any and all claims or causes of action whatsoever which the Contractor and/or its subcontractors might otherwise now or hereafter possess resulting in or from or in any way connected with any loss covered by insurance, whether required herein or not, or which should have been covered by msurance required herein, including the deductible and/or uninsured portion thereof, maintained and/or required to be maintained by the Contractor and/or its subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement. 10-2012 00700-C10 Pr �® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMIDDIYYYY) 11/12/2021 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS _CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES '' ''ELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. ni11PORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Ashley Enrique Higginbotham Insurance Agency, Inc. PHONE FAX 11700 Katy Freeway, Suite 1100 MA No.Extl: 817-349-2279 (Arc,No):817-347-6981 Houston TX 77079 ADDRESS: aenrique@higginbotham.net INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A.United Fire&Casualty Co. 13021 INSURED CFMCD INSURER B.The Travelers Property Casualty Company Of 25674 C.F McDonald Electric, Inc. 5044 Timber Creek Dr INSURER C.Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945 Houston TX 77017-5954 INSURER D.Houston Casualty Company 42374 INSURER E.Westchester Surplus Lines Ins Co 10172 INSURER F. COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1492912849 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM!DD/YYYY) (MM!GD!YYYY) A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 85318281 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 DAMAGE TO CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR PREMISES(Ea occu ence) $1,000,000 X $500 deductible MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 POLICY X jE X LOC PRODUCTS COMP/OP AGG $2,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 85318281 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1 000,000 (Ea accident) X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED r— SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) B X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR ZUP12T6274220NF 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 EACH OCCURRENCE $10,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $10,000,000 DED X RETENTION$1 n Jinn $ c WORKERS COMPENSATION 0001303563 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 X AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY STATUTE ER Y!N ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N!A E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) E.L.DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A L!R Equipment/Instal.Floater 46308377 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 `See Below E Pollution Liability G27577313007 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 'See Below D Professional Liability HCC2167968 4/1/2021 4/1/2022 `See Below DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS!LOCATIONS!VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached If more space Is required) Coverages: Installation Floater Policy Number 46308377'Policy Term:4/01/2021-04/01/2022 Limit-$3,000,000 All Job Sites;$5,000 Deductible Leased/Rented Equipment Policy Number' 46308377• $200,000 Per Item Limit;$1,000 Deductible Pollution Liability Policy Number G27577313007' $10,000,000 Each Pollution Condition;$5,000 Deductible Professional Liability Policy Number HCC2167968: $1,000,000 Each Claim;$1,000,000 Total of All Claims;$15,000 Deductible Per Claim See Attached. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Pearland ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City Hall Annex 3523 Liberty Dr AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Pearland TX 77581e 474 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 5 ) AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: CFMCD LOC#• ACO ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 ENCY NAMED INSURED .gginbotham Insurance Agency,Inc. C.F McDonald Electric,Inc. 5044 Timber Creek Dr POLICY NUMBER Houston TX 77017-5954 CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE The General Liability policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. The General Liability policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires it. The General Liability policy includes a primary and non-contributory provision only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires such provision. The General Liability policy includes a blanket endorsement providing 30 days'notice of cancellation that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it,except 10 days of nonpayment of premium. The General Liability policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement,which includes Completed Operations and Ongoing Operations,that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. The General Liability policy includes Contractual Liability The Commercial Automobile policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. The Commercial Automobile policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires it. —_ Commercial Automobile policy includes a primary and non-contributory provision only when there is a written contract between the insured and the ficate holder that requires such provision. The Commercial Automobile policy includes a blanket endorsement providing 30 days'notice of cancellation that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it,except 10 days of nonpayment of premium. The Umbrella Liability policy is follow form on the General Liability,Automobile Liability and Employers'Liability policies. The Umbrella Liability policy includes a blanket endorsement providing 30 days'notice of cancellation that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it,except 10 days of nonpayment of premium. The Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires it. The Workers Compensation policy includes a blanket endorsement providing 30 days'notice of cancellation that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires it,except 10 days of nonpayment of premium The Workers Compensation policy includes a United States Longshore and Harbor Workers'Compensation Act Coverage Endorsement. The Workers Compensation policy includes a Texas Maritime Coverage Endorsement. The Contractors Pollution Liability policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. The Contractors Pollution Liability policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement,which shall be primary and non-contributory only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires such provision. The Contractors Pollution Liability policy includes a blanket additional insured endorsement,which includes Products-Completed Operations Hazard that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. The Contractors Pollution Liability policy includes a includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires it. The Installation policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the insured and the certificate holder that requires it. The Installation policy a blanket additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured status to the certificate holder only when there is a written insured contract between the insured and certificate holder that requires such status. Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station Generator;City of Pearland,Texas;COP PN:DR2101 1016 1Jo. 1022-06 ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT Section 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT The following Special Conditions modify the General Conditions,Document 00700 Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Special Conditions,the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 1 01 Add the following paragraph to the end of Article 1 01 The OWNER'S representative on the project site is. telephone. 281 652. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER is. telephone: The CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR is. telephone: ARTICLE 4 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 4 05 Add the following paragraph to Article 4 05 A Maintenance Bond in accordance with Document 00612 of the Project Manual is required for this Project. The cost of this bond'shall be included in the CONTRACTOR'S Bid Proposal. Attachment No.3 To General Conditions, Owner's Insurance Requirements of Contractor, Article 4 6 Builder's Risk—Builder's Risk Insurance is Not Required for this project. ARTICLE 5 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 5 08 Add Article 5 08 The Contract Time as defined in the bid and other sections of the Contract Documents includes a certain number of rain days. Based on the Alvin Weather Center Records,the average annual rain days from June 1898 to December 1996 is 40 days calculated from all precipitation days of record. The CONTRACTOR is required to keep a record of rain days at the site. The record of rain days must be accepted and signed by the City Inspector monthly, and shall be reported on the monthly pay estimate submittal. At the end of the contract,the CONTRACTOR will be credited only for 08/2018 00800- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF AGREEMENT the number of accepted rain days that exceed 40 rain days per year,proportionate to the onginal Contract Time. General Notes: Section 01500 Temporary Facilities requires CONTRACTOR to provide high speed internet access in the Field Office. BIDDER is Not Required to provide either a Field Office or any internet access for this project. All other requirements remain and will be required per the section. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for all Traffic Control Documents.Contractor to coordinate with the Owner for procurement of Traffic Control Documents prior to permitting. Contractor is to keep a minimum of one lane open at all times,in both directions. No lane closures to extend beyond the defined work day Contractor Will Not be required to provide an on-site construction office for the duration of this project. END OF SECTION 08/2018 00800-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION , Section 00811 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION 1 01 In accordance with the Prevailing Wage law on Public Works (Article 2258 of the Texas Government Code),the public body awarding the contract does hereby specify the rates shown in Table 00811-A following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the work is being performed. 1 02 This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1 03 The wage scale for engineering construction is to be applied to all site work greater than five(5) feet from an exterior wall of new building under construction or from an exterior wall of an existing building. (Attach the current wage rates. Number the pages 00811-2, 00811-3, etc.) 10-2012 00811 - 1 of 1 CITY OF PEARLAND ADDENDUM Section 00900 ADDENDUM NO. 01 Date: 11/23/2021 PROJECT Cowart Creek Detention Pump Generator BID NO 1022-06 . 4%..." 4_ *a� *; :* BID DATE December 2,2021 at 2:00 PM MARK H. MADORSKY -01. 79308 cr % 44, FROM. David Templeman °.�N I:prise°.• "a``: Project Manager saii�'6N 2; LEAF Engineers 11 Greenway Plaza, Suite 1510 filik November 23,2022 Houston, Texas 77046 To Prospective Bidders and Interested Parties This addendum forms a part of the bidding documents and will be incorporated/into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Contract Documents, Specifications, and Drawings are inconsistent, this Addendum shall govern. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on both copies of the Bid Proposal form, Section 00300 submitted to the City of Pearland. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDA ON THE BID PROPOSAL FORM MAY BE CAUSE FOR DISQUALIFICATION. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Item No 01 Generator Fuel Tank Storage Capacity A. Contractor shall carry the below alternate in their bid pricing 1 Base Bid shall be fuel capacity for a 12-hour continuous run time at full load. 2. Alternate#1 shall be fuel capacity for a 24-hour continuous run time at full load. Item No 02 Pre-Bid Meeting Sign-In Sheet(attached) SPECIFICATIONS N/A CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS N/A END OF ADDENDUM NO 01 David Templeman Project Manager 07/2006 00900- 1 of 1 Sign in Sheet .of'{� 1%14, Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station Generator 4.A. g. Pre-Bid Meeting 11/18/2021 @ 10 00 AM W T I 1. aqb. Name (Print) Company Phone Number Email Initials \lr e oni ca PcF1c1 COP zbidsa7Pectelo► tcifx 9ov i )�i�rnAviy A,,4 // (cj /cLi ,�2/-3 7/- ?o 8' 6 slacvwfc y i-, co n-r 7.& 414rAP sq'eAmme,,, 01.4end L/14. /r3 2°2 -f33 7 OW ;Go fitGdonRt bc.coo. 1 " 'G'aE/ ,/hyv o(lsl 7/3 -5'i' -/7 c t 4,ii».440e'mci. uI4 _e.•.t. i R01049 -VW C j Ii(2/ 1fW4.f gavel de,,seYb,'c_ 5cs.leshwieJe OM/. eels-, gPilDAV tD 1- iotr e ei vY RS2 Z 1 Z (0'Q ' 0 DAtf(P. 1, of-C.MfN 0� - / 4 W>S- �k(o (./.g it,( 7,r2 (2 � ,l toss . Ar. �cr nl. J) �t�' _ S QSLMetL cog -4-tS-206- 2.298 tAarad..goarka fig.c I O L. -1:41,0.01 GwMr 2 ( ) 4'4 4/°34-1 e e i>0-1 Construction 1 of 2 D4 Revised 2016 ..r CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK Section 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A A summary of the Work to be performed under this Contract, work by Owner, Owner furnished products, Work sequence, future Work, Contractor's use of Premises, and Owner occupancy 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A Work of the Contract is for the construction of: generator at Cowart Creek Detention Pump Station 1.03 WORK BY OWNER A None 1:04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A None 1.05 WORK SEQUENCE A B Contractor to submit project schedule to Engineer & Owner for approval as specified in Section 01350—Submittals. C Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the Engineer and Owner as specified in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings. 1.06 FUTURE WORK A None 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A Comply with procedures for access to the site and Contractor's use of rights-of-way as specified m Section 01140 - Contractor's Use of Premises. B Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for construction. 1.08 OWNER OCCUPANCY 08/2016 01100- 1 of2 CITY OF PEARLAND SUMMARY OF WORK A Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and to facilitate the Owner's operations. Coordinate Contractor's activities with Engineer B Schedule Work to accommodate this requirement. 2.0 PRODUCTS -NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION-NotUsed END OF SECTION i 08/2016 01100-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES Section 01140 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.1 GENERAL 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A General use of the Project Site.including properties inside and outside of the limits of construction, work affecting roads, ramps, streets and driveways and notification to adjacent occupants. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2 Section 01730—Cutting&Patching 3 Section 01555 —Traffic Control &Regulation 4 Section 01562—Waste Material Disposal 5 Section 01720—Field Surveying 6 Section 02980—Pavement Repair 7 Section 02770—Curbs, Curb& Gutter, &Headers 8 Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill, & EmbankmentMatenals 9 Section 02922—Sodding 10 Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.4 LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A Confine access,operations,and storage areas to limits of construction as shown on the Plans provided by Owner as stipulated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement;trespassing on abutting lands or other lands in the area is not allowed. B Contractor may make arrangements,at Contractor's cost,for temporary use of private properties,in which case Contractor and Contractor's surety shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against claims or demands arising from such use of properties outside of the limits of construction. 1 Improvements to pnvate properties made for the Contractor's use mustbe removed upon completion of the Work. a. No fill material may be placed in temporary work areas or on adjacent pnvate properties without the written permission of the Engineer or the issuance of a Fill Permit by the City of Pearland or other governing entity C Restrict total length which materials may be distributed along the route of the construction at any one time to 1,000 linear feet unless otherwise approved by Engineer 01/2018 01140- 1 of4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.5 PROPERTIES OUTSIDE OF LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION A If Contractor's means and methods require the acquisition of Temporary Construction Easements or any access to pnvate property not already included in the above, such access and documentation along with any costs involved shall be the responsibility of the Contractor B Altering the condition of properties adjacent to and along the limits Of construction will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer and property owner(s) as noted above C Means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures which will result in damage to properties or improvements in the vicinity outside of the limits of construction will not be permitted without temporary or permanent easements as determined by the Engineer D Any damage to properties outside of the limits of construction shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner E Contractor shall protect or replace all property corners,monuments or other demarcations disturbed, damaged or lost as a result of his activities. The replacement of these devices shall be properly documented to the satisfaction of the City by a Registered Public Land Surveyor with copies delivered to the Owner or private property owner 1.6 USE OF SITE A Obtain approvals of governing authorities prior to impeding or closing public roads or streets. Do not close consecutive intersections simultaneously B Notify Engineer 48 hours prior to closing a street or a street crossing. Permits for street closures are required in advance and are the responsibility of the Contractor C Maintain access for emergency vehicles including access to fire hydrants. D Avoid obstructing drainage ditches or inlets,when obstruction is unavoidable due to requirements of the Work, provide grading and temporary drainage structures to maintain unimpeded flow E Locate and protect private lawn sprinkler systems which may exist on rights-of-ways within the Project Site. Repair or replace damaged systems to condition equal to or better than that existing at start of the Work. F When required by the Work, cutting, patching, and fitting of Work to existing facilities,accommodating installation or connection of Work with existing facilities,or uncovering Work for access, inspection, or testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 01730—Cutting&Patching. G Fires are not permitted on the Project Site. , 01/2018 01140-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES 1.7 NOTIFICATION TO ADJACENT OCCUPANTS A Notify individual occupants in areas to be affected by the Work of the proposed construction and time schedule. Notification shall be 24 hours,72 hours and 2 weeks prior to work being performed within 200 feet of the homes orbusinesses. B Include in notification names and telephone numbers of two representatives for resident contact,who will be available on 24-hour call. Include precautions which will be taken to protect private property and identify potential access or utility inconvenience or disruption. C Submit proposed notification to Engineer for approval. Consideration shall be given to the ethnicity of the neighborhood where English is not the dominant language. Notice shall be in an understandable language. 1.8 EXCAVATION IN STREETS AND DRIVEWAYS A Avoid hindering or needlessly inconveniencing public travel on a street or any intersecting alley or street for more than two blocks at any one time, except by permission of the Engineer B Obtain the Engineer's approval when the nature of the Work requires closing of an entire street. Permits required for street closure are the Contractor's responsibility Avoid unnecessary inconvenience to abutting property owners. C Remove surplus materials and debris and open 1000 feet or less for public use as work in that block is complete. D Acceptance of any portion of the Work will not be based on return of street to public use E Avoid obstructing driveways or entrances to private property F Provide temporary crossing or complete the excavation and backfill in one contmuous operation to minimize the duration of obstruction when excavation is required across drives or entrances. G Provide barricades and signs in accordance with Section 01555 —Traffic Control & Regulation. 1.9 CLEAN-UP A Maintain Project Site in a neat and orderly manner B Perform daily clean-up in and around construction zone of dirt,debns,scrap materials, other disposable items. C Leave streets, driveways, and sidewalks broom-clean or its equivalent at the end of each work day D Promptly remove barriers,signs,and components of other control systems that are no 01/2018 01140-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES longer being utilized. E Dispose of waste and excess materials in accordance with requirements of Section 01562—Waste Matenal Disposal. 1.10 RESTORATION A Restore damaged permanent facilities to pre-construction conditions unless replacement or abandonment of facilities is indicated on the Plans. B Repair/Replace removed or damaged pavement in accordance with Section 02980— Pavement Repair and removed or damaged curbs,gutters, and headers in accordance with Section 02770 — Curbs, Curb & Gutter, & Headers. Repair/Replace with like materials to match existing style, lines, grades, etc., unless otherwise directed by Engineer C Repair turf areas which become damaged by Contractor's operations at no additional cost to Owner D Level with bank sand or topsoil,conforming to Section 02255—Bedding,Backfill,& Embankment Materials, as approved by the Engineer E Provide sodding in areas of residential land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved, in accordance with Section 02922—Sodding. Use only block sodding; do not use spot sodding or sprigging. F Provide hydromulch seeding in areas of commercial, industrial or undeveloped land use over the surface of ground disturbed during construction and not paved, or not designated to be paved,in accordance with Section 02921 —Hydromulch Seeding. G Water and level newly sodded areas with adjoining turf using steel wheel rollers appropriate for sodding 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2018 01140-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Procedures for measurement and payment of Work. B Conditions for nonconformance assessment and nonpayment for rejected products. C References to Technical Specifications. See Bid Proposal Sheet D Reference Standards. 1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 2. Amencan Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 1.02 AUTHORITY A Units and methods delineated in this Section are intended to complement the criteria of the Technical Specifications and Section 00300—Bid Proposal. B In the event of conflict, the unit specified for Bid Items in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal shall govern. C Measurements and quantities submitted by the Contractor will be venfied by the Engineer D Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required by Engineer to verify quantities. 1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED A Quantity and measurement estimates stated in Section 00300—Bid Proposal are for contract purposes only Quantities and measurements supplied or placed in the Work, authonzed and verified by Engineer shall determine payment as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B If the actual Work requires greater or lesser quantities than those quantities indicated in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, provide the required quantities at the unit prices contracted except as otherwise stated in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement or in executed Change Order 1.04 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES A Measurement by Weight: Reinforcing steel, rolled or formed steel or other metal shapes will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction weights. Welded assemblies will be measured by CRSI or AISC Manual of Steel Construction or scale weights. 05/2007 01200- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES B Measurement by Volume: 1 Stockpiles Measured by cubic dimension using mean length, width, and height or thickness. 2. Excavation and Embankment Materials. Measured by cubic dimension using the average end area method. C Measurement by Area. Measured by square dimension using mean length and width or radius. D Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean chord. E Stipulated Price Measurement: By unit designated in the agreement. F Other Items measured by weight, volume, area, or lineal means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the Work. 1.05 PAYMENT A Payment includes full compensation for all required supervision,labor,products,tools, equipment,plant,transportation,services,and incidentals,and erection,application or installation of an item of the Work; and Contractor's overhead and profit. The price bid shall include the total cost for required Work. Claims for payment as Unit Pnce Work not specifically covered in Section 00300—Bid Proposal will not be accepted. B Progress Payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of quantities incorporated in the Work multiplied by the unit price. C Progress Payments for Lump Sum Work will be based on the Engineer's observations and evaluations of the percentage of quantities included in the schedule of values incorporated in the Work. D Final Payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual measurements and quantities determined by Engineer multiplied by the unit price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work. 1.06 NONCONFORMANCE ASSESSMENT A Remove and replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to the Contract Documents. B If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies 1 The nonconforming Work will remain as is, but the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer 2. The nonconforming Work will be modified as authorized by the Engineer, and the unit price will be adjusted to a lower price at the discretion of the Engineer, if the modified Work is deemed to be less suitable than originally specified. 05/2007 01200-2of3 CITY OF PEARLAND MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C Individual Technical Specifications may modify these options or may identify a specific formula or percentage price reduction. D The authority of the Engineer to assess the nonconforming Work and identify payment adjustment is final. 1.07 NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED PRODUCTS A Payment will not be made for any of the following: 1 Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable to Engineer 2. Products determined as nonconforming before or after placement. 3 Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4 Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5 Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 05/2007 01200-3 of 3 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 0122 00-UNIT PRICES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and/general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. B. Related Requirements: 1 Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders. 2. Section 014000"Quality Requirements"for general testing and inspecting requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials,equipment,or services, or a portion of the Work,added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification,if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes,overhead,and profit. B Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor D List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3 Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Unit Price 1 Removal of unsatisfactory soil and replacement with satisfactory soil material. 1 Description. Unsatisfactory soil excavation and disposal off site and replacement with satisfactory fill material or engineered fill from off site, as required, according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard of soil excavated,based on survey of volume removed. UNIT PRICES 012200- 1 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3 Quantity Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment requirements in Section 012100 "Allowances." B. Unit Price No.2. Rock excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material. 1 Description. Classified rock excavation and disposal off site and replacement with satisfactory fill material or engineered fill from off site,as required,according to Section 312000"Earth Moving." 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard of rock excavated,based on survey of volume removed. 3 Quantity Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment requirements in Section 012100 "Allowances." C. Unit Price No.3 Cutting and patching of concrete floor slabs. 1 Description. Cutting of new or existing concrete floor slabs up to 6 inches thick, removal and excavation as required,and subsequent backfill,compaction,and patching of concrete according to Section 017300 "Execution."not otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Unit of Measurement: Square feet of concrete removed. D Unit Price No.4 Miscellaneous and structural steel. 1 Description. Miscellaneous lintels and other supports not otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, according to Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" and Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications." 2. Unit of Measurement: Cost in place of pounds of fabricated steel as indicated on itemized invoice of steel supplier and verified by Architect. E. Unit Price No.5 Elevator jack hole rock. 1 Description. Subsurface soil conditions that refuse conventional auger excavation of the elevator jack hole,according to Section 142400"Hydraulic Elevators." 2. Unit of Measurement:-Depth in feet of drilling required as indicated on the elevator Installer's invoice and verified by Architect. 3 Assigned Unit Cost: Owner will pay$250 00 per unit foot of rock drilling required. F Unit Price No.<Insert unit-price number>-<Insert unit-price item>• 1 Description. <Insert unit-price item description>according to Section<Insert Section number> "<Insert Section title>" 2. Unit of Measurement: <Insert unit of measurement> 3 Quantity Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment requirements in Section 012100 "Allowances." END OF SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICES 012200-2 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Section 01290 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A ,Procedures for processing Change Orders, including: 1 Assignment of a responsible individual for approval and communication of changes in the Work; 2. Documentation of change in Contract Price and Contract Time; 3 Change procedures, using proposals and construction contract modifications, Work Change Directive, Stipulated Price Change Order, Unit Price Change Order,Time and Materials Change Order; 4 Execution of'Change Orders, 5 Correlation of Contractor Submittals. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents C Other References. 1 Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment(Data Quest Blue Book). Rental Rate is defined as the full unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL A Contractor shall provide a letter indicating the name and address of the individual authorized to execute change documents, and who shall also be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ and Subcontractors of changes to the Work. The information shall be provided at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE AND CONTRACT TIME A Provide full information required for identification and evaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs of proposed changes in the Work. B Contractor shall document each Proposal for Change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow for its evaluation. 02/2008 01290- 1 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES C Proposal for Change shall include, as a minimum, the following information as applicable: 1 Original Quantities of items in Section 00300—Bid Proposal with additions, reductions, deletions, and substitutions. 2. When Work items were not included in Section 00300—Bid Proposal, Contractor shall provide unit prices for the new items, with supporting information as required by the Engineer 3 Justification for any change in Contract Time. 4 Additional data upon request. D For changes in the Work performed on a time-and-material basis, the following additional information may be required. 1 Quantities and description of products and equipment. 2. Taxes, insurance and bonds. 3 Overhead and profit as noted in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 7 03 "Extra Work" 4 Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 5 Time records and certified copies of applicable payrolls. 6 Invoices and receipts for products, rented equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. E Rented equipment will be paid to the Contractor by actual invoice cost for the duration of time required to complete the extra work. If the extra work comprises only a portion of the rental invoice where the equipment would otherwise be on the site,the Contractor shall compute the hourly equipment rate by dividing the actual monthly invoice by 176. (One day equals 8 hours and one week equals 40 hours.) Operating costs shall not exceed the estimated operating costs given for the item of equipment in the Blue Book. F ' For changes in the work performed on a time-and-materials basis using Contractor- owned equipment, compute rates with the Blue Book as follows. 1 Multiply the appropriate Rental Rate by an adjustment factor of 70 percent plus the full rate shown for operating costs. The Rental Rate utilized shall be the lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates. Use 150 percent of the Rental Rate for double shifts (one extra shift per day) and 200 percent of the Rental Rate for more than two shifts per day No other rate adjustments shall apply 2. Standby rates shall be 50 percent of the appropriate Rental Rate shown in the Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed. 1.05 CHANGE PROCEDURES A Changes to Contract Price or Contract Time can only be made by issuance of a Change Order Issuance of a Work Change Directive or written acceptance by the Engineer of changes will be formalized into Change Orders. All such changes will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 01 "Change Orders" 02/2008 01290-2 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES B The Engineer will advise Contractor of Minor Changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Time as authorized by Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 7 02 "Minor Changes", by issuing supplemental instructions. C Contractor may request clarification of Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents or other information. Response by the Engineer to a Request for Information does not authorize the contractor to perform tasks outside the scope of the Work. All changes must be authorized as described in this Section. 1.06 PROPOSALS FOR CHANGE AND CONTRACT MODIFICATION A The Engineer may issue a Request for Proposal,which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Plans and Technical Specifications.The Engineer may also request a proposal in the response to a Request for Information. Contractor will prepare and submit its Proposal for Change within 7 days or as specified in the request. B The Contractor may propose an unsolicited change by submitting a Proposal for Change to the Engineer describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time including full documentation. 1.07 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE A Engineer may issue a signed Work Change Directive instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order B The document will describe changes in the Work and will designate a method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. C Contractor shall proceed promptly to execute the changes in the Work in accordance with the Work Change Directive. 1.08 STIPULATED PRICE CHANGE ORDER A A Stipulated Price Change Order will be based on an accepted Proposal for Change including the Contractor's lump sum price quotation. 1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER A Where Unit Prices for the affected items of the Work are included in Section 00300- Bid Proposal , the Unit Price Change Order will be based on unit prices as originally bid, subject to provisions of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Where unit prices of the Work are not pre-determined in Section 00300 — Bid Proposal, Work Change Directive or accepted Proposal for Change will specify the unit prices to be used. 02/2008 01290-3 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 1.10 TIME-AND-MATERIAL CHANGE ORDER A Contractor shall provide an itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within time limits indicated for claims in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. B Engineer will determine the change allowable in Contract Price and Contract Time as provided in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Contractor shall maintain detailed records of work done on time-and-material basis as specified in this Section, 1 04 "Documentation of Change in Contract Price and Contract Time" D Contractor shall provide full information required for evaluation of changes,and shall substantiate costs for changes in the Work. 1.11 EXECUTION OF CHANGE DOCUMENTATION A Engineer will issue Change Orders, Work Change Directives, or accepted Proposals for Change for signatures of parties named in Section 00500 — Standard Form of Agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A For Stipulated Price Contracts, Contractor shall promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. B For Unit Price Contracts,the next monthly Application for Payment of the Work after acceptance of a Change Order will be revised to include any new items not previously included and the appropriate unit rates. C Contractor shall promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time,and shall revise schedules to adjust time for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit for review D Contractor shall promptly enter changes to the on-site and record copies of the Plans, Technical Specifications or Contract Documents as required in Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01290-4 of 4 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Section 01310 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Section includes general coordination including Preconstruction Conference, Site Mobilization Conference, and Progress Meetings. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Coordination is required throughout the documents. Refer to all of the Contract Documents and coordinate as necessary 1.03 ENGINEER AND REPRESENTATIVES A The Engineer may act directly or through designated representatives as defined in Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement, 1 01 "Owner, Contractor, and Engineer", and as identified by name at the Preconstruction Conference. 1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION A Coordinate scheduling,submittals,and work of the various Technical Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. B Coordinate completion and clean up of the Work for Substantial Completion and for portions of the Work designated for Owner's partial occupancy C Coordinate access to Project Site for correction of nonconforming work to minimize disruption of Owner's activities where Owner is in partial occupancy 1.05 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A Engineer will schedule a Preconstruction Conference. B Attendance Required. Engineer's representatives,Consultants,Contractor,and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Designation of personnel representing the parties to the Contract, and the Consultant. 3 Review of insurance. 02/2008 01310- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 4 Discussion of formats proposed by the Contractor for Schedule of Values, and Construction Schedule. 5 Discussion of required Submittals, including,but not limited to, Work Plans,Traffic Control Plans, Safety Programs, Construction Photographs. 6 Procedures and processing of Shop Drawings and other submittals, substitutions,Applications for Payment, Requests for Information, Request for Proposal, Change Orders, and Contract Closeout. 7 Scheduling of the Work and coordination with other contractors. 8. Review of Subcontractors. 9 Appropriate agenda items listed in this Section, 1 06 "Site Mobilization Conference", when Preconstruction Conference and Site Mobilization Conference are combined. 10 Procedures for testing. 11 Procedures for maintaining Project Record Documents. 12. Designation of the individual authorized to execute change documents and their responsibilities. 13 Discussion of requirements of a Trench Safety Program. 1.06 SITE MOBILIZATION CONFERENCE A When required by Section 01100—Summary of Work,Engineer will schedule a Site Mobilization Conference at the Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy B Attendance Required. Engineer representatives, Consultants, Contractor's Superintendent, and major Subcontractors. C Agenda. 1 Use of premises by Owner and Contractor 2. Safety and first aid procedures 3 Construction controls provided by Owner 4 Temporary utilities 5 Survey and layout 6 Secunty and housekeeping procedures 1.07 PROGRESS MEETINGS A Progress Meetings shall be held at Project Site or other location as designated by the Engineer Meeting shall be held at monthly intervals, or more frequent intervals if directed by Engineer B Attendance Required. Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer representatives, and Consultants as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. C Engineer or City's representative will make arrangements for meetings,and recording minutes. D Engineer or City's representative will prepare the agenda and preside at meetings. 02/2008 01310-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND COORDINATION AND MEETINGS E Contractor shall provide required information and be prepared to discuss each agenda item. F Agenda. 1 Review minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of Construction Schedule, Applications for Payment, payroll and compliance submittals. 3 Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4 Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5 Review of Submittal Schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review status of Requests for Information, Requests for Proposal. 7 Review status of Change Orders. 8 Review of off-site fabncation and delivery schedules. 9 Maintenance of updates to Construction Schedule. 10 Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 11 Planned progress during succeeding work period. 12. Coordination of projected progress. 13 Maintenance of quality and work standards. 14 Effect of proposed changes on Construction Schedule and coordination. 15 Other items relating to the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01310-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS Section 01350 SUBMITTALS 1.0 GENERAL This Section contains general lists of Submittals and Technical Specifications that may be required for the Work. When Submittals are required elsewhere in these Technical Specifications, refer to this Section for Submittal requirements and procedures. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Submittal procedures for 1 Schedule of Values 2. Construction Schedules 3 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4 Operations and Maintenance Data 5 Manufacturer's Certificates 6. Construction Photographs 7 Project Record Documents 8. Design Mixes B References to the following Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01310—Coordination&Meetings 2. Section 01630—Product Options &Substitutions 3 Section 01100—Summary of Work 4 Section 01380—Construction Photographs 5 Section 01760—Project Record Documents 6 Section 02530—Gravity Sanitary Sewers 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Scheduling and Handling 1 Schedule Submittals well in advance of the need for material or equipment for construction. Allow time to make delivery of material or equipment after Submittal is approved. 2. Develop a Submittal Schedule that allows sufficient time for initial review, correction,resubmission and final review of all submittals.The Engineer will review and return submittals to the Contractor as expeditiously as possible but the amount of time required for review will vary depending on the complexity and quantity of data submitted. In no case will a Submittal Schedule be acceptable which allows less than 30 days for initial review by the Engineer This time for review shall in no way be justification for delays or additional compensation to the Contractor 3 The Engineer's review of submittals covers conformity to the Plans,Technical Specifications, and dimensions which affect the layout. The Contractor is responsible for quantity determination. The Contractor is responsible for any errors, omissions or deviations from the Contract requirements, review of 01/2008 01350- 1 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS submittals in no way relieves the Contractor from his obligation to furnish required items according to the Plans and Technical Specifications. 4 Submit 5 copies of documents unless otherwise specified in this Section or by individual Technical Specifications. 5 Revise and resubmit submittals as required. Identify all changes made since previous submittal. 6 The Contractor shall assume the risk for material or equipment which is fabricated or delivered prior to approval. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into the Work or included in Applications for Payment until approval has been obtained in the specified manner B Transmittal Form and Numbering 1 Transmit each submittal to the Engineer with a transmittal form. 2. Sequentially number each transmittal form beginning with the number 1 Re- Submittals shall use the original number with an alphabetic suffix(i.e.,2A for first Re-Submittal of Submittal 2 or 15C for third Re-Submittal of Submittal 15) Each submittal shall only contain one type of work, material, or equipment. Mixed submittals will not be accepted. 3 Identify variations from requirements of Contract Documents and identify product or system limitations. 4 For submittal numbering of video tapes, see this Section, 1 10 "Video" C Contractor's Certification 1 Each submittal shall contain a statement or stamp signed by the Contractor, certifying that the items have been reviewed in detail and are correct and in accordance with Contract Documents, except as noted by any requested variance. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A Submit a Schedule of Values at least 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment. A Schedule of Values shall be provided for each of the items indicated as Lump Sum (LS) in Section 00300 —Bid Proposal for which the Contractor requests to receive Progress Payments. B Schedule of Values shall be typewritten on 8-1/2"x 11",plain bond,white paper Use the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as a format for listing costs of Work by Section. C Round off figures for each listed item to the nearest$100.00 except for the value of one item, if necessary, to make the total price for all items listed in the Schedule of Values equal to the applicable Lump Sum in Section 00300—Bid Proposal. D For Unit Price Contracts, items should include a proportional share of Contractor's overhead and profit, such that the total of all items listed in the Schedule of Values equals the Contract amount. For Stipulated Price Contracts,Mobilization,Bonds,and Insurance may be listed as separate items in the Schedule of Values. 01/2008 01350-2 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS E For Lump Sum equipment items, where Submittals for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports in conjunction with Operation and Maintenance Data are required, include a separate item for equipment Operation and Maintenance Data Submittals and a separate item for Submittals of equipment Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports, each valued at five(5) percent of the Lump Sum. F Revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit for items affected by contract modifications,Change Orders,and Work Change Directives. Submit revised Schedule of Values 10 days prior to the first Application for Payment after the changes are approved by the Engineer 1.04 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A Submit Construction Schedules for the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Section. The Construction Schedule Submittal shall be,at a minimum,a bar chart, (computer generated or prepared manually) and a narrative report. B During the Preconstruction Meeting, as noted in Section 01310 - Coordination and Meetings, the Contractor shall provide a sample of the format to be used for the Construction Schedule Submittal.The format is subject to approval by the Engineer Review of the Submittal will be provided within 7 days of the Submittal of\the sample. C Within 7 days of the receipt of approval of the Contractor's format, or 14 days of the Notice to Proceed, whichever is later, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Construction Schedule for review The Construction Schedule Submittal shall meet the following requirements. 1 The Construction Schedule shall usually include a total of at least 20 but not more than 50 activities.'Fewer activities may be accepted, if approved by the Engineer 2. For Projects with work at different physical locations,each location should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 3 For projects with multiple crafts or significant subcontractor components,these elements should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 4 For Projects with multiple types of tasks within the scope,these types of work should be indicated separately within the Construction Schedule. 5 For Projects with significant major equipment items or materials worth over 25 percent of the Total Contract Price, the Construction Schedule shall indicate dates when these items are to be purchased,when they are to be delivered,and when installed. 6. For Projects where operating plants are involved, each period of work which - will require the shut down of any process or operation shall be identified in the Construction Schedule and must be agreed to by the Engineer prior to starting work in the area. 7 A Billing Schedule(tabulation of the estimated monthly billings)for the Work shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor with the first Construction Schedule. This information is not required in the monthly updates, unless significant changes in Work require re-submittal of the Construction Schedule for review The total for each month and a cumulative total will be indicated. 01/2008 01350-3 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS These monthly forecasts are only for planning purposes of the Engineer Monthly payments for actual work completed will be made by the Engineer in accordance with Section 00700- General Conditions of Agreement. D The Contractor must receive approval of the Engineer for the Construction Schedule and Billing Schedule prior to the first monthly Application for Payment. No payment will be made until these are accepted. E Upon wntten request from the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval all or any part of the Construction Schedule to reflect changed conditions in the Work or deviations made from the original plan and schedule. F The Contractor's Construction Schedule shall thereafter be updated with the Actual Start and Actual Finish Dates, Percent Complete, and Remaining Duration of each Activity and submitted monthly The date to be used in updating the monthly Construction Schedule shall be the same Date as is used in the monthly Application for Payment. This monthly update of the Construction Schedule shall be required before the monthly Application for Payment will be processed for payment. G The narrative Construction Schedule Report shall include a description of changes made to the Construction Schedule; Activities Added to the Construction Schedule; Activities Deleted from the Construction Schedule; any other changes made to the Construction Schedule other than the addition of Actual Start Dates and Actual Finish Dates and Remaining Durations. 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES A Shop Drawings 1 Submit Shop Drawings for review as required by the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each Shop Drawing. 3 The Shop Drawing shall accurately and distinctly present the following: a. Field and erection dimensions clearly identified as such. b. Arrangement and section views. c. Relation to adjacent materials or structure including complete information for making connections between work under this Contract and work under other contracts. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. e. Parts list and descriptions. f. Assembly Shop Drawings of equipment components and accessories showing their respective positions and relationships to the complete equipment package. g. Where necessary for clarity, identify details by reference to sheet numbers and detail numbers, schedule or room numbers as shown on the Plans. 4 Shop Drawing Drawings shall be to scale,and shall be a true representation of the specific equipment or item to be furnished. 01/2008 01350-4 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS B Product Data 1 Submit Product Data for review when required in individual Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures" shall be placed on each data item submitted. 3 Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options to be used in this Project. Supplement m ufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project, whey required by the Technical Specification. 4 For products specified only y reference standard,submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog desi nation, and applicable reference standard. 5 For Approved Products, th se designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words"or ap,roved equal",submit manufacturer,trade name, model or catalog designatio and applicable reference standard. 6. For products proposed as alternates to Approved Products, refer to Section 01630-Product Options and ubstitutions, 1 04"Selection Options"and 1.07 "Substitution Procedures" 7 For products that are neitli r Pre-Approved, Approved, specified only by reference standard, nor pro osed as alternates, submit product description, trade name, manufacturer, d supplier Contractor shall provide additional information upon written re uest by Engineer or Owner C Samples 1 Submit samples for review as required by the Technical Specification. 2. Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02 "Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on each sample or a firmly attached sheet of paper 3 Submit the number of samples specified in the Technical Specification,one of which will be retained by the Engineer 4 Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are identified in the Technical Specifications. 1.06 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A When specified in Technical Specification,submit manufacturers'printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, operation, adjusting, finishing, and maintenance. B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section. 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each document. C Identify conflicts between manufacturers'instructions and Contract Documents. 1.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES A When specified in Technical Specification, submit manufacturers' certificate of compliance for review by Engineer B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 1 02"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of the certificate. 01/2008 01350-5 of 6 r , CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS C Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. D Manufacturer's Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Engineer 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Submit photographs in accordance with Section 01380—Construction Photographs. 1 Prints. Prepare 2 prints of each view and submit 1 pnnt directly to the City's Representative within 7 days of taking photographs. One print shall be retained by the Contractor and made available at all times for reference on the job site. B PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 Prior to the commencement of any construction,take digital color photographs on the entire route of the project 2. Photographs. Two prints, color, matte finish, 3 x 5 inch size, mounted on 81 x 11-inch soft card stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch, or in plastic pockets in three-ring notebook. 3 Th photographs shall show. a. Date photographs were taken b Location of the photograph, house number and street name. (This information may be shown on a chalk board in the photograph by a label on the mountings.) 4 Photographs should show the condition of the following a. Esplanades and boulevards b Yards (near, side and far side of street) c Housewalk, sidewalk and driveway; curb d. Area between walk and curb 1) Particular features(yard lights, shrubs,fences, trees, etc.) 2) Landscaping and decorative features. C POST CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 On completion of construction, provide photographs of any public or private property which has been repaired or restored and any damage which is or may be the subject of complaints. 1.09 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Submit Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01760—Project Record Documents. 1.10 VIDEO A Submit television video in DVD format as required in individual Technical Specifications. B Transmittal forms for video disks shall be numbered sequentially beginning with TO1, T02, T03, etc. 01/2008 01350-6of6 CITY OF PEARLAND SUBMITTALS 1.11 DESIGN MIXES A When specified, submit design mixes for review B Contractor's Certification, as described in this Section, 102"Submittal Procedures", shall be placed on front page of each design mix. C Mark each design mix to identify proportions,gradations,and additives for each class and type of design mix submitted. Include applicable test results on samples for each mix. D Maintain a copy of approved design mixes at mixing plant. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 01/2008 01350-7 of 6 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS Section 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for construction photographs and submittals. B References Technical Specifications 1 Section 01100—Summary of Work 2. Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item, no separate payment will be made for Construction Photographs under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for installed Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A When required by Section 01100 — Summary of Work, submit photographs in accordance applicable provisions of this Section. B Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. C Prepare three(3)prints of each view and submit two (2) prints directly to the Project Manager within seven(7) days of taking photographs. One(1)print shall be retained by the Contractor in the field office at the Project Site and available at all times for reference. D When requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit extra prints of photographs, for distribution directly to designated parties who will pay the costs for the extra pnnts directly to the photographer E When required by individual Sections, submit photographs taken prior to start of the Work to show original Project Site conditions. F When required by Contract Documents, submit photographs with Application for Payment. G When required by individual Sections,submit photographs taken following completion of the Work to show the condition in which the Project Site will be left. H With each submuttal,include photographic negatives in protective envelopes,identified by Project Name, Contractor, and date photographs were taken. 01/2008 01380- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Contractor shall be responsible for the timely execution of the photographs, their vantage point, direction of shot, and quality 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A Photographs shall be digital quality and shall be submitted on a CD B The photographs shall show on a non-elective chalkboard or white board,readable in the photograph. 1 Job number 2. Date and time photographs were taken. 3 Location of the photograph, house number and street, along with the project number C Indicate the condition of the following: 1 Esplanades and boulevards. 2. Yards (near side and far side of street) 3 House-walk and sidewalk. 4 Curb 5 Area between walk and curb 6. Particular features (yard lights, shrubs, fence, trees, etc.). 7 Date shall be on negative. 8. Provide notation of vantage point marked for location and direction of shot on a key plan of the Project Site. D Sufficient number of photographs shall be taken to show the existence or non- existence of cracked concrete and the condition of trees, shrubs and grass. E Identify each photograph with an applied label or rubber stamp on the back with the following information. 1 Name of the Project. 2. Name and address of the photographer(if a professional photographer is used) 3 Name of the Contractor 4 Date the photograph was taken. 5 Photographs to be in plastic pockets and bound in three-ring notebook for easy access and viewing. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Prior to the commencement of the Work, take photographs of the entire route of the Project Site. 01/2008 01380-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A Following the completion of the Work,take photographs from corresponding vantage points and direction of shots. 3.03 PROGESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Take photographs at intervals, coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment and submit on CD with monthly Application for Payment. B Select the vantage points for each shot each month to best show the status of construction and progress since the last photographs were taken. Take not less than two (2) shots from the same vantage point creating a time-lapsed sequence. C Follow direction when given by the Project Manager in selecting vantage points. END OF SECTION 01/2008 01380-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Section 01420 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A General quality assurance as related to Reference Standards and a list of references. B References to Technical Specifications. None 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A For Products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on the date as stated in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. C Request clarification from Engineer before proceeding should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N W Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute P O Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, MI 48219-0150 AGC Associated General Contractors of Amenca 1957 E Street, N W Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park,MD 20740 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W Hampden Avenue Englewood, CO 80110 02/2008 01420- 1 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue, Eighth Floor Chicago, IL 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street,N W Washington, DC 20036 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, NY 10017 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York,NY 10018 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma,WA 98411 API American Petroleum Institute 1220 L Street,N W Washington, DC 20005 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 50 F Street, N W Washington, DC 20001 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society PO Box 35104 Miami, FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, CO 80235 02/2008 01420-2 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N W Washington,DC 20036 CRD U.S.A. Corps of Engineers Code of Ordinances City of Pearland 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 707 Westchester Avenue White Plains,NY 10604 FDA U.S Food and Drug Administration 5600 Fisher Lane Rockville, MD 20857-0001 FS Federal Standardization Documents General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington,DC 20406 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineer Association P O Box 440 S Yarmouth,MA 02664 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 445 Hoes Lane P O Box 1331 Piscataway,NJ 0855-1331 MIL Military Specifications General Services Administration, Specifications Unit(WFSIS) 7th and D Street S W Washington,DC 20406 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers P O Box 986 Katy, TX 77450 02/2008 01420-3 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 2101 L Street, N W , Suite 300 Washington,DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park, P 0 Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101 OSHA Occupational Safety Health Administration U.S Department of Labor, Government Printing Office Washington,DC 20402 , PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, IL 60077-1083 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 SDI Steel Deck Institute Box 9506 Canton, OH 44711 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, PA 15213 TAC Texas Administrative Code TCEQ Texas Commission on Environmental Quality P 0 Box 13087 Austin,TX 78711-3087 TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation 125 East 11th Street Austin,TX 78701-2483 Texas MUTCD Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (2003 Adoption) (published by Texas Department of Transportation) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook,IL 60062 UNI-BELL UNI-BELL Pipe Association 1 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 155 02/2008 01420-4 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND REFERENCED STANDARDS Dallas, TX 75234 WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute 942 Main Street—Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 } WWD/PI Water Well Drillers and Pump Installers Advisory Council Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation P O Box 12157 Austin, TX 78711 2.0 PRODUCTS - NotUsed 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01420-5 of 5 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL Section 01430 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality assurance and control of installation and manufacturer's field services and reports. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce the Work of specified quality at no additional cost to the Owner B Comply fully with manufacturers' installation instructions, including each step in sequence. C Request clarification from Project Manager before proceeding should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents. D Comply with specified Standards as minimum requirements for the Work except when more stringent tolerances,codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E Perform work by persons qualified to produce the specified level of workmanship. F Obtain copies of Standards and maintain at Project Site when required by individual Technical Specifications. 1.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A When specified in individual Technical Specifications, provide material or product suppliers' or manufacturers' technical representative to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,start-up of equipment, operator training,test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate operation,as required. Conform to minimum time requirements for start-up operations and operator training if defined in Technical Specifications. 02/2008 ( 01430- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL B At the Project Manager's request, submit qualifications of manufacturer's representative to Project Manager fifteen (15) days in advance of required 41 , representative's services. The representative shall be subject to approval of Project Manager C Manufacturer's representative shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Submit report within one(1)day of observation to Project Manager for review 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 02/2008 01430-2 of 2 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 01 45 23 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. The testing laboratory shall make all inspections and perform all tests in accordance with the building code, local authorities, ASTM specifications and the Contract Documents. B The testing laboratory shall provide as a part of the project's close-out documents or as required by any regulatory authority, all appropriate signed and sealed Special Inspection Certificates whose purpose would be to provide consistency and direction for compliance with the referenced Building Code. These Special Inspection Certificates shall confirm that that all work requiring special inspection has been adequately performed, and the special inspections have been made by an individual or firm that is qualified to make special inspections per the referenced Building Code. C Materials and workmanship not meeting the required standards are to be removed and replaced. Replacement and subsequent testing shall be at the expense of the Contractor D Testing, inspection, and certifications specified in other sections of these Specifications shall be paid by the Owner, unless otherwise indicated. E. Inspection by the laboratory shall not relieve the Contractor or Fabricator of his responsibility to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1 3 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. The latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this Section shall apply, unless noted otherwise. B ACI 311 —ACI Manual of Concrete Inspection C ACI 301 -Specification for Structural Concrete D In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and a referenced standard, the Contract Documents shall govern In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23- 1 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Laboratory shall meet the requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM E543. B Testing Laboratory shall be insured against errors and omissions by a professional liability insurance policy having a limit of liability not less than $500,000 C Testing Laboratory shall be under the direction of a Registered Engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and having at least five years experience in inspection and testing of construction materials. D Laboratory staff monitoring concrete work shall be ACI certified inspectors. E. Laboratory staff performing structural steel inspection shall be currently certified AWS Certified Welding Inspectors(CWI), in accordance with the provisions of AWS QCI,"Standard and Guide for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors" The inspector may be supported by assistant inspectors who may perform specific inspection functions under the supervision of the inspector Assistant inspectors shall be currently certified AWS Certified Associate Welding Inspectors (CAWI). The work of the assistant inspectors shall be regularly monitored by the inspector, generally on a daily basis. F Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 1 5 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES A. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings as required to coordinate work with the Contractor and address quality control issues. B Test samples of design mixes submitted by Contractor C Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect/Engineer and Contractor in performance of services. D Perform specified inspecting, sampling, and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards. E. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. F Promptly notify Architect/Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non conformance of Work or Materials. G Perform all inspections and tests in accordance with building code requirements for "Special Inspection"whether or not such inspections are specified in the Contract Documents. H Testing Laboratory shall write a letter at the completion of the project, signed and sealed by a registered engineer in the state of the project, summarizing the inspections performed, the dates they were performed, and whether the observed construction complied with the Contract Documents. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-2 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 6 LABORATORY REPORTS A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit copies of laboratory reports to Architect, Engineer, Owner and to Contractor B Include. ' 1 Date issued 2. Project title and number 3. Name of inspector 4 Date and time of sampling or inspection 5 Identification of product and specifications section 6 Location in the Project 7 Type of inspection or test 8 Date of test 9 Results of tests 10 Conformance with Contract Documents 1 7 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY A. Laboratory may not release, revoke,alter,or enlarge the requirements of the Contract Documents. B Laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work, except where such approval is specifically called for in these specifications. C Laboratory may not assume any duties of Contractor D Laboratory has no authority to stop the Work. 1 8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. See technical sections of these specifications for specific requirements. B. Deliver to the laboratory, without cost to the Owner, adequate samples of materials proposed for use which are required to be tested. C Advise laboratory sufficiently in advance of construction operations to allow laboratory to complete any required checks or tests and to assign personnel for field inspection and testing as specified. D Provide facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test samples on project site for the first 24 hours and also for subsequent field curing as required by ASTM specifications C31 E. Provide incidental labor and equipment as required to assist laboratory personnel in obtaining and handling samples at the site and in accessing work for inspection. F Furnish concrete mix designs, in accordance with ACI 301, section 3 9, made by an independent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier Where mix designs are required, the laboratory shall be selected and paid by the Contractor G. Provide current welder certifications for each welder to be employed. H. Furnish fabrication and erection inspection of all welds in accordance with AWS D1 1, Chapter 6 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-3 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland I Prequalification of all welding procedures to be used in executing the work. PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PIER DRILLING A. A representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall provide the services specified in this section B. The laboratory representative shall make continuous inspections to determine that the proper bearing stratum is obtained and that shafts are clean and dry before placing concrete. C The laboratory shall furnish complete pier log showing the diameter, top and bottom elevations of each pier,whether or not casing is required, bell size(if required), actual penetration into bearing stratum, and elevation of top of bearing stratum. 3.2 CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL AND EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES A. Inspect all concrete reinforcing steel prior to placing of concrete for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved shop drawings. All instances of noncompliance shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Contractor for correction. If uncorrected by the Contractor,they shall be listed in the report. 1 B. Observe and report on the following 1 Number and size of bars 2. Bending and lengths of bars 3. Splicing 4 Clearance to forms including chair heights 5. Clearance between bars or spacing 6 Rust, form oil, and other contamination 7 Grade of Steel 8 Securing, tying and chairing of bars 9 Excessive congestion of reinforcing steel 10 Installation of anchor bolts and placement of concrete around anchor bolts 11 Fabrication and installation of embedded metal assemblies, including visual inspection of all welds. 12. Visually inspect studs and deformed bar anchors on embedded assemblies for compliance with Contract Documents C Provide a qualified, experienced inspector to inspect reinforcing steel. Inspector shall have a minimum of three years experience inspecting reinforcing steel in projects of similar size. 3.3 REINFORCING STEEL MECHANICAL SPLICES A. Each mechanical splice shall be visually inspected to ensure compliance with the ICBO Reports and the manufacturer's published criteria for acceptable completed splices. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-4 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland B Special emphasis shall be placed on inspection of the end preparation of each bar to be spliced,as required by the ICBO report. C Reports on each mechanical splice shall indicate location of the splice, size of bars spliced, and whether splice is accepted or rejected. Reasons for rejection shall be shown on each report. 3 4 CONCRETE INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Secure composite samples of concrete at the jobsite in accordance with ASTM C 172. B Mold and cure specimens from each sample in accordance with ASTM C31 The test cylinders shall be stored in the field 24 hours and then carefully transported to the laboratory and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 C Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C39 Two specimens shall be tested 7 days, two specimens shall be tested at 28 days for strength acceptance.A spare cylinder shall be made and kept for a 56-day break if the 28-day break does not meet strength requirements. If the plans require 56-day break (such as for mass concrete), two samples shall be tested at 56 days for acceptance. D Make one strength test(four or five cylinders)for each. 1 100 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each mix design placed in one day 2. OR, for each 5000 sq ft. of slab area placed in one day 3. When the total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 25 cu. yds., the strength ' tests may be waived by the Architect/Engineer, if in his judgment, adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided E. Make one slump test for each set of cylinders following the procedural requirements of ASTM C143 and ASTM C172. Make additional slump tests whenever the consistency of the concrete appears to vary Do not permit placement of concrete having measured slump outside the limits given on the drawings, except when approved by the Architect. Slump tests corresponding to samples from which strength tests are made shall be reported with the strength test results. Other slump tests need not be reported. F Determine total air content of air entrained normal-weight concrete sample for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C231 G. Determine air content and unit weight of lightweight concrete sample for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C173 and ASTM C567 H. Determine temperature of concrete sample for each strength test and one test for each concrete load discharged when air temperature is 80 degrees F and above. I Monitor the addition of water at the jobsite and the length of time the concrete is allowed to remain in the truck before placement. Report any significant deviation from the approved mix design and the project requirements to the Architect, the Contractor, and the Concrete Supplier J Monitor the slump and air content of the concrete. If the measured slump or air content of air entrained concrete falls outside the specified limits, a check test shall be made immediately on another portion of the same sample. In the event of a second failure, the concrete shall be considered to have failed to meet the project requirements and specifications and shall be rejected. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-5 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland K. The testing laboratory shall certify each delivery ticket indicating class of concrete delivered (or placed), amount of water added and the time at which the cement and aggregate was dispensed into the truck, and the time at which concrete was discharged from the truck. L. Laboratory reports shall contain the following information: 1 Class of concrete and specific location. 2. Specified strength of concrete. 3. Air temperature. 4 Batch time. 5 Specified time that discharge of concrete must be completed, based on air temperature. 6 Time concrete is placed 7 Amount of water withheld at the plant for latter addition at the project site(Note that the total amount of water shall not exceed the maximum water/cement ratio for the approved mix design) 8. Amount of water added at the site. 9 Allowable slump range on the approved mix design. 10 Slump. 11 Maximum and minimum allowable concrete temperature on the approved mix design. 12. Temperature of the concrete mix. 13 Air content range on the approved mix design. 14 Air content. 15 Statement that concrete is in compliance with the project documents and the approved mix designs. M. Evaluation and Acceptance. 1 The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results are equal to or exceed the specified strength and no individual test result(average of two cylinders)is below the specified strength by more than 500 psi. 2. Completed concrete work will be accepted when the requirements of"Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings,"ACI 301 have been met. N Observe the placing of all concrete, except site work. Observe and report on placing method, consolidation,cold joints, length of drop and displacement of reinforcing Report deficiencies to the Contractor immediately for corrective action. Inspections may be reduced to a periodic basis when all procedures have been deemed satisfactory by the laboratory O Comply with ACI 311, "Guide For Concrete Inspection"and"ACI Manual of Concrete Inspection" (SP-2) P Inspect the application of curing compound and monitor all curing conditions to assure compliance with Specification requirements. Report curing deficiencies to the Contractor immediately and submit a report to the Architect. 3.5 MASONRY A. Inspection 1 Provide a qualified inspector to inspect all structural masonry work. a. Inspect masonry for compliance in accordance with the "Level 1 or 2 Special Inspection" provisions of the building code. Refer to the contract documents regarding which level of special inspections is required 2. In combination with inspections required by the building code, inspect the following a. Preparation of masonry prisms for testing. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-6 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland b. Placement of reinforcing. c. Cavities to be grouted (prior to grouting and prior to closing cleanouts) d. Mortar mixing operations, including proportion of materials and method of measuring materials(materials should be measured with a mixing box and not a shovel). e. Bedding of mortar for each type of unit and placing of units. f Grouting operations. g. Condition of units before laying for excessive absorption. 3. Provide report of each inspection B. Field Compressive Tests for Grout: 1 Secure composite samples of grout at the jobsite in accordance with ASTM C 1019 2. Mold and cure three specimens from each sample in accordance with ASTM C 1019 Supervise the curing protection provided (by others)for test specimens in the field and the transportation from the field to the laboratory The test specimens shall be stored in the field 24 to 48 hours and then be carefully transported to the laboratory and cured in accordance with ASTM C 1019 3. Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 1019 Two specimens shall be tested at 28 days for acceptance and one specimen shall be tested at 7 days for information. 4 Make one strength test(three specimens)for each 10 cubic yards of grout poured but not less than one strength test for each 5000 square feet of wall area. C Prism Tests: 1 Build prisms at the jobsite using the same materials and methods as being used for the wall construction. Store prisms in a place where they will be undisturbed for two days and have approximately same curing conditions as masonry construction.After 48 hours,move prisms to the laboratory and test in accordance with ASTM C1314 2. Make prism tests in advance of operations using materials under same conditions,with the same bonding and construction methods as is being used for the structure. When building prisms, moisture content of the units at time of laying, consistency of mortar and width and thickness of mortar joints shall be same as used in the structure. 3 Build prisms of hollow masonry units the same width as unit by 16" long by 16" high.Apply mortar to face shells only Do not fill hollow core with grout. Compute value of ultimate net compressive strength, by dividing ultimate load by net face shell area of masonry units. 4 Cure and test prisms in accordance with applicable provisions of ASTM C1314 Test five specimens of each type of masonry unit before delivering material to the jobsite and submit results for approval. During construction,test three specimens of each type of masonry unit for each 5000 square feet of wall placed. 5 The prisms shall be tested after 28 days but may be tested at seven days provided the relationship between seven and 28 day strengths has been established for the materials used prior to the start of construction. 6 When the average strength of a set of prisms falls below the specified compressive strength (fm),the masonry corresponding to the test shall be deemed .inacceptable In such a case, notify the Architect and Contractor immediately 3.6 STRUCTURAL STEEL A. Inspect all structural steel during and after erection for conformance with Contract Documents and shop drawings. B Field Inspection 1 Proper erection of all pieces. 2. Proper installation of all bolts, including the checking of calibration of impact wrenches used with high strength bolts. 3 Plumbness of structure and proper bracing. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 4523-7 I 1 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 4 Field Painting. 5 Visual examination of all field welding 6. Ultrasonic testing of all penetration welds. 7 Installation of field welded shear studs. 8. Measure and record camber of all beams upon arrival and before erection for compliance with the specified camber Measure lying flat with web in horizontal position Members outside specified camber tolerance shall be returned to the shop for remedial work. C Qualification of Welders. Fabricator and erector shall provide the testing laboratory with names of welders to be employed in the work, together with certification that welders have passed qualification tests within the last year using procedures specified in the AWS D1 1 Testing laboratory shall verify all welder's qualifications. D Inspection of shop and field welding shall be"verification inspection,"in accordance with Section 6 of AWS D1 1 and as follows: 1 Visually inspect the welding of all shop fabricated members and note the location of all cover plates,connectors, bearing stiffeners,splices,and fillet welds for proper return around ends and check for seams, folds, and delamination. 2. Ultrasonically test all penetration welds in accordance with AWS D1 1 3 Inspect surfaces to be welded. Surface preparations, fit-up and cleanliness of surface shall be noted. 4 The welding inspector shall be present during alignment and fit-up of members being welded and shall check for correct surface preparation of root openings, sound weld metal,and proper penetration in the root pass.Where weld has not penetrated completely,the inspector shall order the joint to be chipped down to sound metal or gouged out and rewelded. Root passes shall be thoroughly inspected for cracks.All cracks shall be gouged out and rewelded to two inches beyond each end of crack. 5 The inspector shall check that all welds have been marked with the welder's symbol. The inspector shall mark the welds requiring repairs and shall make a reinspection.The inspector shall maintain a written record of all welds. Work completed and inspected shall receive an identification mark by the inspector 6 The testing laboratory shall advise the Owner and the Architect of any shop and/or field conditions which, in his opinion, may require further tests and examination by means other than those specified Such further tests and examinations shall be performed as authorized by the Owner and the Architect. 7 The Owner reserves the right to use ultrasonic or radiographic inspection to verify the adequacy of all welds. Testing procedures and acceptance criteria shall be as specified in AWS D1 1 E. Inspection of bolted construction shall be in accordance with AISC"Specification for Structural Steel Buildings"and as follows: 1 All bolts shall be visually inspected to ensure that the plies have been brought into snug contact. 2. High strength bolting shall be inspected in accordance with Section 9 of the AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 3. For all high strength bolts, unless specifically noted on the Drawings to require only"snug- tight"installation,the inspector shall observe the required jobsite testing and calibration and shall confirm that the procedure to be used provides the required tension 4 For slip critical connections, inspect the contact surfaces for compliance with specifications prior to bolting. F Inspection of stud welding shall be in accordance with Section 7 8 of AWS D1 1 and as follows: STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-8 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME I City of Pearland G. A minimum of two shear studs shall be welded at the start of each day's production period in order to determine proper generator, control unit and stud welding setting.These studs shall be capable of being bent at 45 degrees from vertical without weld failure. 1 When the temperature is below 32 degrees Fahrenheit,one stud in each 100 shall be tested after cooling.Studs shall not be welded below zero degrees Fahrenheit orwhen the surface I is wet due to rain, snow, or ice. If a stud fails, two new studs shall pass the test before resumption of the welding. 2. Visually inspect studs for compliance with the Contract Documents.Check number,spacing, and weld quality If, after welding, visual inspection reveals that a sound weld or a full 360- degree fillet has not been obtained for a particular stud, such stud shall be struck with a hammer and bent 15 degrees off perpendicular Studs failing this test shall be replaced. 3 7 OPEN WEB JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS A. Inspect all joists either in the plant or at the jobsite for conformance with specified fabrication requirements. Check welded connections between web and chord, splices, and straightness of members. Inspection at the plant may be performed by the manufacturer's qualified QC.personnel. B Inspect installation of joists at the jobsite. Check connections to supporting members, chord extensions,number of rows of bridging,and bridging connections for conformance with the Contract Documents and referenced standards. C Check welder qualification certificates for field welding operators. 3 8 STEEL FLOOR DECK A. Field Inspection shall consist of the following 1 Check types, gauges and finishes for conformance with the Contract Documents and shop drawings. 2. Examination of proper erection of all metal deck, fastenings, reinforcing of holes, deck reinforcing, miscellaneous deck supports, hanger tabs,shear studs,deck closures, painting or other coating. 3. Certification of welders. 4 Field welded shear studs used to fasten metal floor decking to supporting steel shall be inspected and tested as described in the structural steel section of this specification section. 3 9 STEEL ROOF DECK A. Field inspection shall consist of the following: 1 Checking types, gauges, and finishes for conformance with the Contract Documents and Shop Drawings. 2. Examination for proper erection of all metal deck, including fastenings at supports and sidelaps, reinforcing of holes, and miscellaneous deck supports. 3. Certification of welders. 4 Visual inspection of at least 20 percent of all welds. 3 10 SPRAYED FIREPROOFING A. Verify that applied thickness, density, and bond strength of sprayed fireproofing meets fire rating requirements of approved design. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23-9 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland B. Verify that installation meets fire rating requirements of approved design. C Inspect and test for thickness as follows: 1 Test 20 percent of structural frame columns and beams in each building level. 2. Test 10 percent of beams other than structural frame in each building level. 3. Test one slab per each 5000 square feet of building area. D Inspect and test for density on slabs, beams, and columns. Perform one of each test for each 10,000 square feet of building area. E. Inspect and test for bond strength,one test for beams and one test for slabs for each 10,000 square feet or area. F Inspection and test procedures shall be performed in accordance with ASTM E605 and E736. 3 11 EXPANSION BOLT INSTALLATION A. Inspect the drilling of each hole and installation of each expansion bolt for compliance with the Contract Documents. B Verify the installation torque for each expansion bolt for compliance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3 12 TESTING OF NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Make one strength test for every 15 base plates grouted and for every 15 bags of grout used in joints between members. B. Each test shall consist of four cubes,two to be tested at seven days,and two at 28 days, made and tested in accordance with ASTM C109, with the exception that the grout shall be restrained from expansion by a top plate. 3.13 EXCAVATION A. A representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall provide the services specified in this section. B ' Review geotechnical parameters and assumptions used in the development of calculations and drawings for retention systems, including lateral design forces, rock wedge stability analysis, rock bolt lengths and spacing, and surcharge effects. C Observe the excavation process, the exposed faces of the excavation and the installation of retention systems. Check for compliance with the Contract Documents and make alternative recommendations as may be required to suit field conditions. D Review required submittals as they pertain to geotechnical requirements. E. Check the adequacy and accuracy of the Contractor's monitoring program,equipment,procedures, and measurements related to movements of the excavated face and adjacent structures. G STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23- 10 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland F Immediately report any observed unsafe conditions. Request additional shoring, bracing, or rock bolting where judged to be necessary as the excavation progresses. 3 14 WATER PRESSURE INJECTION OR LIMESLURRY PRESSURE INJECTION A. The representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall make continuous observations throughout the injection operations as per the geotechnical report. B The representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer may propose to perform additional tests if required to properly evaluate the injected soil. The representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall evaluate the results of the tests to determine the acceptability of the injected areas and to determine if additional injections are required. 3.15 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. A representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall provide the services specified in this section. B The Contractor shall make available to the laboratory, adequate samples of each fill and backfill material from the proposed sources of supply not less than 10 days prior to the start of the work. C Laboratory shall analyze samples as required to provide a soil description and to determine compliance with quality requirements. Perform the following tests: 1 Test for liquid limit in accordance with ASTM D423 2. Test for plastic limit of soils and plasticity index of soils in accordance with ASTM D424 3 Tests for moisture density relations of soil in accordance with ASTM D698 or D1557, as applicable. D Furnish a report for each individual test and state whether sample conforms to specified requirements or reasons for nonconformance. E. Inspect under slab drainage material and placement for compliance with)specified gradation,quality and compaction F Make in-place compaction test for moisture content, moisture-density relationship,and density of fill material after compaction to determine that backfill materials have been compacted to the specified density Number of tests shall be as follows: 1 One test for each 5000 square feet of area of each lift placed under floor slab. Stagger test locations in each lift from those in the previous lift. Perform a minimum of three tests for each lift. 2. One test for each 150 linear feet, or portion thereof, of each lift placed against foundation walls, with locations staggered from those in the previous lift. 3 One test of each lift placed below any isolated footing, and every 100 linear feet under continuous footings, with locations taken on a different side from that in the lift below 3 16 TILT-UP PANELS A. Concrete Reinforcing Steel and Embedded Metal Assemblies: Inspect in accordance with the Concrete Reinforcing Steel and Embedded Metal Assemblies section of this Specification. STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23- 11 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland B Concrete Inspection and Testing: Perform in accordance with the Concrete and Inspection and Testing section of this specification. C Inspection of Tilt-up concrete during erection. 1 Inspect members for cracks, spalls and other deficiencies after erection. 2. Inspect erection of tilt-up members for placement tolerances,and to ensure that connections, bearing lengths,welding and grouting conform to the Contract Documents. 317 POST-TENSIONING A. Verify certification of calibration of jacking equipment used in post-tensioning operations. B Observe and report on placement and anchorage of tendons immediately prior to concreting. C Provide a qualified,experienced inspector to observe the stressing and elongation measurement of each tendon. Inspector shall have a minimum of five years experience inspecting post-tensioning operations. D The Contractor shall log and submit detailed reports of the stressing and elongation of each tendon. The laboratory representative shall observe the recording of information by the Contractor and make such spot checks as necessary to verify the accuracy of the post tensioning reports. E. Receive and review final stressing and elongation reports prepared•by the contractor Compare the actual and required elongation of each tendon and the actual and required load on each tendon Grant permission to cut tails of tendons which are within the specified tolerance, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, and submit reports of those which are not within the specified tolerance to the Architect for further evaluation. F Observe and report on grouting of tendons noted to be bonded. G. Reports shall be submitted to the Architect within 48 hours after stressing H. The post-tensioning subcontractor shall provide a letter at the completion of the project,signed and sealed by a registered engineer in the state of the project,stating that the post-tensioning work was completed in accordance with the contract documents. The post-tensioning subcontractor shall review the stressing records and certify that the required forces shown on the contract documents have been provided. 3.18 FOOTING EXCAVATIONS A. A representative of the Owner's Geotechnical Engineer shall inspect each footing excavation to determine that the proper bearing stratum is obtained and that excavations are properly clean and dry before the concrete is placed. END OF SECTION 01 45 23 STRUCTURAL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 45 23- 12 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Requirements for transportation, delivery, handling, and storage of materials and equipment. B References to Technical Specifications 1 Section 01566—Source Controls for Erosion& Sedimentation 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this work is a component. 1.03 PRODUCTS A Products. Means material,equipment,or systems forming the Work. Does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation,fabrication,conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for reuse. B Do not reuse materials and equipment,designated to be removed, except as specified by the Contract Documents. C Provide equipment and components from the fewest number of manufacturers as is practical, in order to simplify spare parts inventory and to allow for maximum interchangeability of components. For multiple components of the same size,type or application, use the same make and model of component throughout the Work. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION A Make arrangements for transportation, delivery, and handling of equipment and materials required for timely completion of the Work. B Transport and handle products in accordance with instructions. C Consign and address shipping documents to the proper party giving name of Project, street number, and City Shipments shall be delivered to the Contractor 1.05 DELIVERY A Arrange delivenes of products to accommodate the Construction Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. Avoid deliveries that cause lengthy storage or overburden of limited storage space. 07/2006 01600- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT B Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at the Project Site _ and to accommodate the following: 1 Work of other contractors or the Owner 2. Limitations of storage space. 3 Availability of equipment and personnel for handling products. 4 Owner's use of premises. C Have products delivered to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. D Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to assure: 1 Product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Quantities are correct. 3 Containers and packages are intact; labels are legible. 4 Products are properly protected and undamaged. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Coordinate the off-loading of materials and equipment delivered to the Project Site. If necessary to move stored materials and equipment during construction, Contractor shall relocate materials and equipment at no additional cost to the Owner B Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle products, including those provided by the Owner,by methods to prevent damage to products or packaging. C Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent breaking scraping, marring, or otherwise damaging products or surrounding areas. D Handle products by methods to prevent over bending or overstressing. E Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. F Handle materials and equipment in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G Do not drop, roll, or skid products off delivery vehicles. Hand carry or use suitable materials handling equipment. 1.07 STORAGE OF MATERIAL A Store and protect materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and requirements of these Technical Specifications. Control storage of potential water pollutants in conformance with Section 01566 — Source Controls for Erosion & Sedimentation. B Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. Place loose soil materials,and materials to be incorporated into the Work to prevent damage to any part of the Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at all times to all parts of the Work and to utility service company installations in the vicinity of the Work. 07/2006 01600-2 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT C Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, tenants, and occupants. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D Provide adequately ventilated, watertight storage facilities with floor above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. E Restrict storage to areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment as shown on Plans or approved by the Project Manager F Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. G Do not use lawns, grass plots, or other private property for storage purposes without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. Damage to lawns,sidewalks,streets or other improvements shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Project Manager H Protect stored materials and equipment against loss or damage. I Store materials in manufacturers' unopened containers. J Materials delivered and stored along the line of the Work shall be not closer than 3 feet to any fire hydrant. Public and private drives and street crossings shall be kept open. K The total length which materials may be distributed along the route of construction at any one time is 1000 lineal feet, unless otherwise approved in wnting by the Project Manager 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 07/2006 01600-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS Section 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.0 ' GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Options for making product or process selections. B Procedures for proposing equivalent construction products or processes,including pre- approved, and approved products or processes C References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 1.02 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Product: Means,materials,equipment,or systems incorporated into the Work.Product does not include machinery and equipment used for production,fabrication,conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components designated for re-use. B Process: Any proprietary system or method for installing system components resulting in an integral, functioning part of the Work. For this Section, the word Product includes Processes. 1.04 SELECTION OPTIONS A Pre-approved Products. Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers are designated in the Technical Specifications as"pre-approved" Products of other manufacturers or suppliers will not be acceptable under this Contract and will not be considered under the submittal process for approving alternate products. B Approved Products. Products of certain manufacturers or suppliers designated in the Technical Specifications followed by the words "or approved equal" Approval of alternate products not listed in the Technical Specifications may be obtained through provisions of this Section and Section 01350—Submittals. The procedure for approval of alternate products is not applicable to Pre-approved Products. C Product Compatibility To the maximum extent possible,provide products that are of the same type or function from a single manufacturer, make, or source. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select a product which is compatible with other products already selected, specified, or in use by the Owner 07/2006 01630- 1 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Furnish information the Engineer deems necessary to judge equivalency of the alternate product. B Pay for laboratory testing as well as any other review or examination cost needed to establish the equivalency between products which enables the Engineer to make such a judgment. C If the Engineer determines that an alternate product is not equivalent to that named in the Technical Specifications,the Contractor shall furnish one of the specified products. 1.06 ENGINEER'S REVIEW A Alternate products may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer The Engineer's determination regarding acceptance of a proposed alternate product is final. B Alternate products will be accepted if the product is judged by the Engineer to be equivalent to the specified product or to offer substantial benefit to the Owner C The Owner retains the right to accept any product deemed advantageous to the Owner, and similarly, to reject any product deemed not beneficial to the Owner 1.07 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE A Collect and assemble technical information applicable to the proposed product to aid in determining equivalency as related to the Approved Product specified. B Submit a written request for a product to be considered as an alternate product along with the product information within fourteen(14)days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. C After the submittal period has expired, requests for alternate products will be considered only when a specified product becomes unavailable because of conditions beyond the Contractor's control. D Submit 5 copies of each request for alternate product approval. Include the following information. 1 Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products. a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used and date of installation. Include the name of the Owner, Architect/Engineer, and installing contractor 07/2006 01630-2 of 3 si CITY OF PEARLAND PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 3 For construction methods. a. Detailed description of proposed method. b Shop Drawings illustrating methods. 4 Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 5 Data relating to changes in Construction Schedule ' 6 Relationship to separate contracts, if any 7 Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 8. Other information requested by the Engineer E Approved alternate products will be subject to the same review process as the specified product would have been for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION - NotUsed END OF SECTION 1 / 07/2006 01630-3 of 3 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Section 01760 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Maintenance and Submittal of Record Documents and Samples. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01770—Contract Closeout 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this and related Sections under the provisions of Section 01350—Submittals. 1.04 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A Maintain one copy of Record Documents at the Project Site in accordance with Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 3 02 "Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible" B Store Record Documents and Samples in field office if a field office is required by Contract Documents, or in a secure location. Provide files,racks, and secure storage for Record Documents and Samples. C Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D Maintain Record Documents in a clean,dr y,and legible condition. Do not use Record Documents for construction purposes. E Keep Record Documents and Samples available for inspection by Engineer 1.05 RECORDING A Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. B Plans, Change Orders, and Shop Drawings. Legibly mark each item to record all actual construction, or "as built" conditions, including: 1 Measured horizontal locations and elevations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 07/2006 01760- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Elevations of underground utilities referenced to bench marks utilized for the Work. 3 Field changes of dimension and detail. 4 Changes made by modifications. 5 Details not on original Plans. 6 References to related Shop Drawings and Modifications. C Record information with a red pen or pencil on a set of drawings indicated as the Record Document Set, provided by Engineer 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION A Deliver Record Documents and Samples to Owner in accordance with Section 01770— Contract Closeout. END OF SECTION r 07/2006 01760-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Section 01770 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0) GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A Closeout procedures including final submittals such as operation and maintenance data, warranties, and spare parts and maintenance materials. B References to Technical Specifications. 1 Section 01350—Submittals 2. Section 01760—Project Record Documents 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A Unless indicated as a Bid Item,no separate payment will be made for Work performed under this Section. Include cost in Bid Items for which this Work is a component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Make Submittals required by this Section under the provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A Comply-with Section 00700 — General Conditions of Agreement regarding Final Completion and Final Payment when Work is complete and ready for Engineer's final inspection. B Provide Record Documents under provisions of Section 01760 — Project Record Documents. C Complete or correct items on punch list,with no new items added. Any new items will be addressed during warranty period. D The Owner will occupy portions of'the Work as specified in Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement. E Contractor shall request Final Inspection at least two weeks prior to Final Acceptance. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B Clean debris from drainage systems. C Clean Project Site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. 09/2009 01770- 1 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT D Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and temporary construction facilities from the Project Site following the final test of utilities and completion of the Work. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit Operations and Maintenance data under provisions of Section 01350 — Submittals. 1.07 WARRANTIES A Provide one original of each warranty from Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers. B Provide Table of Contents and assemble warranties in 3-nng/D binder with durable plastic cover C Submit warranties prior to Final Application for Payment. 1 Warranties shall commence in accordance with the requirements of Section 00700—General Conditions of Agreement, 1 09 "Substantially Completed" 2.0 PRODUCTS - Not Used 3.0 EXECUTION Contractor shall diligently pursue completion of the items and activities contained in the Contract Close Out and Project Record Document sections of the project manual. Notwithstanding any performance of warranty work,the work of Contract Closeout shall be complete within thirty (30) days of the date of Final Completion and Acceptance of the work. END OF SECTION 09/2009 01770-2 of 2 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 07/2006 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator ' Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 03 10 00-CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete formwork, for the following: 1 Footings and/or piers. 2. Foundation walls. 3 Slabs-on-grade. 4 Suspended slabs. 5 Concrete toppings. 6 Building frame members. 7 Building walls. B Related Sections: 1 Section 01 45 23"Testing and Inspection Services" 2. Section 03 33 00"Architectural Concrete" 3. Section 03 30 00"Cast In Place Concrete" 4 Section 03 20 00"Concrete Reinforcing".) 5 Section 03 47 13"Tilt Up Concrete" 6 Section 03 38 16"Unbonded Post Tensioned Concrete" 7 Section 03 53 00"Concrete Topping" 13 REFERENCES A. The latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this section shall apply, unless noted otherwise. 1 American Concrete Institute(ACI): a. ACI 117—Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials b. ACI 301 —Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings c. ACI 318—Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete d. ACI 347—Guide to Formwork for Concrete e. ACI SP-4—Formwork for Concrete. 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and engineering of formwork, including shores, reshores, false work, bracing, and other temporary supports as well as determining when temporary supports and bracing can safely be removed after the specified curing time is the Contractor's responsibility B. All components of the formwork shall be designed to support all loads imposed during construction including weight of construction equipment, live loads, and lateral loads due to wind and imbalance or discontinuity of building components. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000 - 1 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland C If any post tensioned members exist on the project, the formwork supporting those elements shall: 1 It is essential to take into account the stressing sequence of post-tensioned concrete in the design of the formwork. Any concrete element which is stressed can transfer its weight off the form work to the supporting concrete element in which case the forms for the supporting concrete element must be designed to support the entire load tributary of that element. 2. Forms shall be designed and constructed to permit movement during stressing, both lifting and shortening of the concrete elements. 3 Formwork supporting beams and girders shall be designed to support the weight of the beam or girder's entire tributary area. 4 Formwork supporting post tensioned concrete elements shall not be removed until all concrete supported by the formwork has been fully stressed, but in no case shall the curing time before form removal be less than specified herein 5 Design, engineering and production of shop drawings for the form work shall be performed under the supervision of a professional engineer 1 5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. Shop drawings for layout of pan type forms, if they exist on the project. Layout only - information and details about the support of these forms is not required, as it is the responsibility of the Contractor and his registered engineer 1 Shoring and Reshoring. Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and reshoring installation and removal. C Manufacturer's product data and installation instruction for propriety materials used in exposed concrete work including form liners, release agents, form systems, ties, and accessories. D Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1 Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect. 1 6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver form materials in manufacturer's packaging with installation instructions. B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected area to prevent deterioration from moisture or damage. 1 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI- certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. An experienced installer who has completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Refer Section 01 45 23 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000-2 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland C Layout and measurement of concrete forms and embedment's, required for work, performed by a licensed surveyor employed by the contractor D ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1 ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." E. Preinstallation Conference. Conduct conference at Project site. 1 Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer d. Concrete subcontractor PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete. Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1 Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete. Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation D Permanent Metal Forms for Slabs: Deck material, gauge and rib pattern shall be as noted on Drawings. E. Pan-Type Forms: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation 1 Pans shall be free of dents, irregularities, sag, rust or other deterioration. 2. In areas permanently exposed to view, provide one piece units, manufactured to length between beams or ribs, or segmented units with reinforced butt-joint splices. F Load-bearing Rigid Board Insulating Fill Under Slabs: 1 Extruded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 578, Type X, 15 psi minimum compressive strength, 1 30 lb./cu. ft. (21 kg/cu m) a. Owens Corning Insulating Systems, LLC, Toledo, OH 43659; www owenscorning.com. b. Thermal Resistance: (180-day real-time aging as mandated by ASTM C578, measured per ASTM C 518 at mean temperature of 75F) R-5 0 per inch of thickness, with 90% lifetime limited warranty on thermal resistance. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000 -3 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland c. Blowing Agent Formulation. Zero ozone depleting. d Install according to manufacturer's recommended instructions. 2. Expanded Polystyrene Board Insulation: Un-faced Flat Board Stock: Rigid, closed cell, expanded polystyrene (EPS) boards, UL certified, complying with ASTM C 578 Type VIII, 15 psi minimum compressive strength a. Insulfoam, a Carlisle Company, which is located at: 6004 N. Westgate Blvd. Suite 120 , Tacoma, WA 98406, Toll Free Tel: 800-248-5995, Tel: 253-572-5111, Email: request info (info@insulfoam.com); Web www insulfoam.com b. Blowing Agent Formulation: Zero ozone depleting. c. Install according to manufacturer's recommended instructions. G. Formwork Accessories 1 Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. 2. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. 3 Expansion-Contraction Joint Filler Material: Bonded fabric of thickness indicated on Drawings composed of cellular fibers securely bonded together and uniformly saturated with asphalt complying with ASTM D 1751 4 Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. a. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. 5. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. a. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. b. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. c. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive damp proofing or waterproofing. PART 3- EXECUTION 31 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117 C Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1 Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch 3 Class C, 1/2 inch 4 Class D, 1 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1 5 horizontal to 1 vertical. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000-4 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. f F Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts that are attached to the formwork. 1 Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7 5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3 Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 4 Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. 3 3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1 Leave formwork for beam soffits,joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000-5 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. 3 Determine compressive strength of in place concrete by testing representative field-cured test specimens according to ACI 301 B Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal shall be the responsibility of the Contractor C In the absence of cylinder tests, formwork shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit(10 degrees Celsius)for the minimum cumulative time periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3 When the surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius), that time period shall be added to the minimum listed time period. D Formwork for two-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for one-way slabs of the same maximum span Two-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall then be reshored until they attain the specified 28 day strength. E. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high-early strength cement or forming systems that allow form removal without displacing shores. However, the Contractor must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the early removal of forms will not result in excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements. F Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. G. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3 4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring 1 Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete. B The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. C In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. Reshores shall be located in the same position on each floor No construction loads shall be placed on the new construction until all supporting reshores have been installed 1 Extend shores or reshores from ground to top level in structure three stories or less in height, unless noted otherwise. 2. In structures over three stories in height, extend shores or reshores at least three levels under the level being placed Extend shores beyond the minimum number of levels if required to ensure proper distribution of loads throughout the structure. 3. In crawl spaces or basement, shores or reshores shall extend to mud pads seated firmly on the soil or to on grade construction. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000-6 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator ' Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland D Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. E. Bottom tier of reshores shall remain in place until the supported concrete has attained at least 85 percent of the specified 28-day compressive strength and construction loads in excess of 20 psf have been removed but not less than 14 days. 3.5 REUSE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be used in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form release agent. B. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3 6 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1 Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. ` 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3 Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection. 4 Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5 Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Otherwise, locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible 6 Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7 Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1 Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000 -7 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants are to be installed 3 Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3 7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1 Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view B. Smooth-Formed Finish As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1 Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C Rubbed Finish Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1 Smooth-Rubbed Finish. Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. D Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull- floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in one direction. 1 Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated or to receive concrete floor toppings or to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementitious floor finishes. C Float Finish Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1 Apply float finish to surfaces indicated or to receive trowel finish or to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000 -8 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P21 13900ME City of Pearland 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In. Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, -and terminations slightly rounded C Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment END OF SECTION 0310 00 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 031000-9 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 03 30 00 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following 1 Footings. 2. Foundation walls. 3. Slabs-on-grade. 4 Suspended slabs. 5 Concrete toppings. 6 Building frame members. 7 Building walls. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 01 45 23"Structural Testing and Inspection Services" 2. Section 03 20 00"Concrete Forming and Accessories" 3 Section 03 10 00"Concrete Reinforcing" 4 Section 03 11 31 "Void Forms" 5 Section 03 15 13"Waterstops" 6 Section 03 05 80"Under-slab Vapor Barrier—Retarder" 7 Section 03 47 13"Tilt Up Concrete" 8 Section 31 63 29"Drilled Concrete Piers and Shafts" 13 REFERENCES A. The latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this section shall apply, unless noted otherwise. 1 ACI 301 —Specification for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 302—Guide for Concrete Floor Slab Construction 3. ACI 304—Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 4 ACI 305—Hot Weather Concreting. 5 ACI 306—Cold Weather Concreting. 6 ACI 308—Guide to Curing Concrete. 7 ACI 309—Guide for Consolidating Concrete. 8. ACI 311 —ACI Manual for Concrete Inspection 9 ACI 318—Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 10 ACI 347—Guide to Concrete Formwork. 11 ACI 207—Mass Concrete. 12. ACI 211 1 — Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete. 13. ACI 211.2 — Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 1 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland 14 ACI 212.3—Chemical Admixture for Concrete. 15 ACI 212.4—Guide for the use of High Range Water Reducing Admixtures in Concrete. 16 ACI 214—Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. 17 ACI 303—Guide to Cast in Place Architectural Concrete Practice. 18. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice" B. In the case of conflict between the Contract Documents and a referenced standard, the Contract Documents shall govern. In the case of a conflict between the Contract Documents and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern 14 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1 5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data. For each type of product indicated B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture include the following information. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1 Each proposed mix design shall be accompanied by a complete standard deviation analysis based on at least 30 consecutive strength tests, or by three laboratory trial mixtures with confirmation tests. 2. Proportions of cement, fine, and coarse aggregate, and water 3 Design strength. 4 Maximum slump 5 Air Content. 6 Maximum water/cement ratio 7 Maximum and minimum concrete temperature that is acceptable at time of placement for which the manufacturer can guarantee the strength of the concrete. 8 Type cement and aggregates. 9 Type and quantities of all admixtures. 10 Air dry density and splitting tensile strength for lightweight concrete determined in accordance with ASTM 330 11 Type, color, and quantities of integral coloring compounds, where applicable. 12. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Refer Section 03 20 00 D Formwork Shop Drawings: Refer Section 0310 00 E. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1 Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect. 1 6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-2 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland B. Welding certificates. C Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1 Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3 Fiber reinforcement. 4 Curing compounds. 5. Floor and slab treatments. 6. Bonding agents. 7 Adhesives. 8. Semi rigid joint filler 9 Joint-filler strips. 10 Repair materials. D Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1 Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity E. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. F Field quality-control reports. G. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI- certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1 Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C Testing Agency Qualifications: See Section 01 45 23 1 Contractor's responsibility to testing laboratory a. Furnish all labor and materials as required to assist testing agency in obtaining, making and handling samples at the jobsite. b. Advise the Owner's Testing Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow adequate time for the assignment of testing personnel. c. Furnish and maintain adequate facilities for proper curing of concrete test specimens on the project site in accordance with ASTM C31 D Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1 4, "Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel." CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-3 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland F ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1 1 ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." G Mockups: Cast concrete slab-on-grade and formed-surface panels to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, floor treatments, and standard of workmanship. 1 Build panel approximately 200 sq. ft. for slab-on-grade and 100 sq ft. for formed surface in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. H Preinstallation Conference. Conduct conference at Project site. 1 Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following. a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer d Concrete subcontractor 1 8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings, if any, on steel reinforcement. B. Waterstops. Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. See Section 03 10 00 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. See Section 03 20 00 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. See Section 03 20 00 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1 Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type I/II, gray Supplement with the following: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C Carbon content shall not exceed 3 percent by volume. b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag. ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-4 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland B Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years of satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1 Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches, 1 inch, or 3/4 inch nominal as indicated on Drawings for specific uses. 2. Fine Aggregate. Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C Lightweight Aggregate. ASTM C 330, 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. D Water ASTM C 94 and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture. ASTM C 260 B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that contain not more than 0 05 percent water soluble chloride ions. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1 Water-Reducing Admixture. ASTM C 494, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type B. 3 Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D 4 High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type G 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017, Type II C Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. 1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. ChemMasters. b. Davis Colors. c. Dayton Superior Corporation. d. Hoover Color Corporation. e. Lambert Corporation. f QC Construction Products. g Rockwood Pigments NA, Inc. h. Scofield, L. M Company i. Solomon Colors, Inc. 2. Color As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.6 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Macro-Fiber Polyolefin macro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1 to 2-1/4 inches long. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. 3M, Scotchcast Polyolefin Fibers 2" b. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Tuf-Strand SF c. FORTA Corporation, FORTA FERRO d. Grace Construction Products, W R. Grace&Co., Strux 90/40 e. Nycon, Inc., XL. f Propex Concrete Systems Corp., Fibermesh 650 g. Sika Corporation, Sika Fiber MS or MS10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-5 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 2.7 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS A. Selection of Proportions: Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by a qualified concrete supplier in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301 B. Required average strength above specified strength Determination of required average strength above specified strength shall be based on the standard deviation record of the production facility in accordance with ACI 301 Calculation of standard deviation of compressive strength results shall be made in accordance with ACI 214 If a suitable record of strength tests is not available, proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches to produce an average strength greater than the strength fc by the amount defined in ACI 301 2.8 VAPOR RETARDERS A. See Section 03 05 80 2.9 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Slip-Resistive Emery Aggregate Finish Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, non-glazing, abrasive, crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials with 100 percent passing No 8 sieve. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc., Emery b Dayton Superior Corporation, Emery Tuff Non-Slip c. Lambert Corporation, EMAG-20 d. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Grip It. e. Metalcrete Industries; Metco Anti-Skid Aggregate. B Slip-Resistive Aluminum Granule Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of not less than 95 percent fused aluminum-oxide granules. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc., A-H Alox. b. BASF Construction Chemicals- Building Systems; Frictex NS c. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Grip It AO 2.10 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. VOC Content: Liquid floor treatments shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) B Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. ChemMasters; Chemisil Plus. b ChemTec Intl; ChemTec One. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Intraseal. d. Curecrete Distribution Inc., Ashford Formula. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Sure Hard (J-17). f Edoco by Dayton Superior; Titan Hard. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-6 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland g Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Euco Diamond Hard. h Kaufman Products, Inc., SureHard i. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Seal Hard. j. Meadows, W R., Inc., LIQUI-HARD k. Metalcrete Industries; Floorsaver I. Nox-Crete Products Group; Duro-Nox. m. Symons by Dayton Superior; Buff Hard. n. US SPEC, Division of US Mix Products Company; US SPEC Industraseal. o. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc., Vexcon StarSeal PS Clear C Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish. Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following. a. Advanced Floor Products; Retro-Plate 99 b L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., FGS Hardener Plus. c. QuestMark, a division of CentiMark Corporation, DiamondQuest Densifying Impregnator Application. 2.11 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Axim Italcementi Group, Inc., CATEXOL CimFilm. b BASF Construction Chemicals- Building Systems; Confilm. c. ChemMasters; SprayFilm. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior;Aquafilm. e. Dayton Superior Corporation, Sure Film (J-74). f Edoco by Dayton Superior; BurkeFilm. g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Eucobar h. Kaufman Products, Inc., Vapor-Aid i. Lambert Corporation, LAMBCO Skin L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., E-CON k. Meadows, W R., Inc., EVAPRE. I. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold. m. Nox-Crete Products Group; MONOFILM n. Sika Corporation; SikaFilm. o SpecChem, LLC; Spec Film. p. Symons by Dayton Superior; Finishing Aid. q TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2120 TRI-FILM. r Unitex; PRO-FILM. s. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc., Certi-Vex Envio Set. B Absorptive Cover AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry C Moisture-Retaining Cover ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D Water Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound. ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc.,AH Curing Compound#2 DR WB b BASF Construction Chemicals- Building Systems; Kure 200 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-7 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland c. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear d Conspec by Dayton Superior; W B Resin Cure. e. Dayton Superior Corporation, Day-Chem Rez Cure(J-11-W) f Edoco by Dayton Superior; Res X Cure WB g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX, TAMMSCURE WB 30C h. Kaufman Products, Inc., Thinfilm 420 i. Lambert Corporation; AQUA KURE-CLEAR. j. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., L&M Cure R. k. Meadows, W R., Inc., 1100-CLEAR. I. Nox-Crete Products Group; Resin Cure E. m. Right Pointe; Clear Water Resin. n SpecChem, LLC; Spec Rez Clear o Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem Clear p TK Products, Division of Sierra Corporation; TK-2519 DC WB q Vexcon Chemicals, Inc., Certi-Vex Enviocure 100 F Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 1 Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. BASF Construction Chemicals- Building Systems; Kure 1315 b. ChemMasters; Polyseal WB. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Sealcure 1315 WB d Edoco by Dayton Superior; Cureseal 1315 WB e. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Super Diamond Clear VOX, LusterSeal WB 300 f Kaufman Products, Inc., Sure Cure 25 Emulsion. g. Lambert Corporation, UV Safe Seal. h L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Lumiseal WB Plus. i. Meadows, W R., Inc.,Vocomp-30 j. Metalcrete Industries; Metcure 30 k. Right Pointe, Right Sheen WB30 I. Symons by Dayton Superior; Cure&Seal 31 Percent E. m. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc., Vexcon Starseal 1315 2. VOC Content: Curing and sealing compounds shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24) 2.12 - RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion and Isolation Joint Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork. B. Semi-rigid Joint Filler Two-component, semi-rigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240 C Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D Epoxy Bonding Adhesive ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1 Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-8 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, not less than 0 034 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.13 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1 Cement Binder ASTM C 150, Portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219 2. Primer Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3 Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer 4 Compressive Strength Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109 B Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1 Cement Binder ASTM C 150, Portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219 2. Primer Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application 3 Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer 4 Compressive Strength. Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109 2.14 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 1 Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of Portland cement,which would otherwise be used, as indicated in Structural General Notes. C Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0 06 percent by weight of cement. D Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Use water-reducing, high-range water-reducing, or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0 50 4 Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-9 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.15 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Grout shall be prepackaged, non metallic, and non gaseous. It shall be non-shrink when tested in accordance with ASTM-C1107 Grade B or C at a fluid consistency (flow cone) of 20 to 30 seconds. Thirty-minute-old grout shall flow through the flow cone after slight agitation, in temperatures of 40 degrees to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Grout shall be bleed free and attain 7,500 psi compressive strength in 28 days at fluid consistency Certified independent test data required. Approved products include the following: 1 "Euco NS" by Euclid Chemical Company 2. "Masterflow 713" by Master Builders. 2.16 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as indicated in Structural General Notes: 2.17 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice." 2.18 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1 When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3- EXECUTION r 3.1 FORMWORK A. See Section 03 10 00 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, ) diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1 Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7 5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 10 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator , Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland 3 3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. See Section 03 10 00 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. See Section 03 10 00 3 5 VAPOR RETARDERS/BARRIERS A. See Section 03 05 80 3 6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. See Section 03 20 00 3 7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1 Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least'1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3 Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder intersection. 4 Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5 Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6 Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7 Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade. Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1 Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 11 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland D Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade. After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1 Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants are specified or otherwise indicated. 3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect. C Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 1 Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. D Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1 Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10'-0" for concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture or 5'-0" for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer drops are necessary Do not place concrete into excavations with standing water If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, pour concrete through a tremie with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit. F Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1 Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. ` Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4 Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 12 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland 5 Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. G Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1 When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3 Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. H Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305 and as follows: 1 Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. See Section 03 10 00 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B Scratch Finish While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull- floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in one direction. 1 Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and/or to receive concrete floor toppings or to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementitious floor finishes. C Float Finish Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1 Apply float finish to surfaces indicated and/or to receive trowel finish and to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo D Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1 Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and/or exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film-finish coating system. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 13 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 2. Finish surfaces according to ASTM E 1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface. E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces indicated or where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1 Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel-finished floor surfaces. F Broom Finish. Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1 Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. G. Slip-Resistive Finish Before final floating, apply slip-resistive finish where indicated and to concrete stair treads, platforms, and ramps. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1 Uniformly spread 25 lb/100 sq ft. of dampened slip-resistivegranules over surface in one or two applications. Tamp aggregate flush with surface, but do not force below surface. 2. After broadcasting and tamping, apply float finish. 3. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or an abrasive stone and water to expose slip-resistive granules. 3.11 Concrete Floor Finish Tolerances A. Interior Finish Floor surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to ASTM E 1155, "Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness Using the F-Number System." The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values F(L) do not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas, nor to slabs poured on metal deck or precast concrete. 1 Exposed, vinyl tiled, or thin-set tiled floors: Specified overall values of flatness, Ff=35, and levelness, Fl=25, with minimum local values of flatness, Ff =24, and levelness, Fl =17 2. Carpeted floors, floors under concrete toppings, thickset tile and terrazzo. Specified overall values of flatness, Ff =25, and levelness, Fl =20; with minimum local values of flatness, Ff=17, and levelness, Fl =15 B Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope: 1 The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the slab surface, with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows: a. Slab-on-Grade, or Slab-on-Void Construction: +/-3/4" b Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting shores: +/- 3/4" c. Top surfaces of all other slabs: +/-3/4" d. Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of 3/8" in 10'-0"at any point, up to 3/4"from theoretical elevation at any point. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In. Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 14 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland B Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel finish concrete surfaces. 3 13 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306 1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing B Evaporation Retarder Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308 1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1 Moisture Curing Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water b Continuous water-fog spray c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 15 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No.P2113900ME City of Pearland a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 4 Curing and Sealing Compound Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3 14 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturers written instructions. 1 Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 28 days'old. 3 Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. B Polished Concrete Floor Treatment: Apply polished concrete finish system to cured and prepared slabs to match accepted mockup 1 Machine grind floor surfaces to receive polished finishes level and smooth and to depth required to reveal aggregate to match approved mockup 2. Apply penetrating liquid floor treatment for polished concrete in polishing sequence and according to manufacturer's written instructions, allowing recommended drying time between successive coats. 3. Continue polishing with progressively finer grit diamond polishing pads to gloss level to match approved mockup. 4 Control and dispose of waste products produced by grinding and polishing operations. 5 Neutralize and clean polished floor surfaces. C Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3 15 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1 Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six month(s) Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry C Install semi-rigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3 16 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 16 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland B Patching Mortar Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part Portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1 Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3 Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1 Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0 01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3 Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4 Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5 Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6 Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching,concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7 Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 17 Kubala Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland F Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting. See Section 01 45 23. 1 Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 2. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. 3 18 PROTECTION OF LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000- 18 CITY OF PEARLAND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 26 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 07/2006 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 05 00 -COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS OF PRODUCTS A. The products described in the Proposal Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution The materials and equipment named in, and the procedures covered by these specifications have been selected as a standard because of quality, particular suitability or record of satisfactory performance. It is not intended to preclude the use of equal or better materials or equipment provided that same meets the requirements of the particular project and is approved in an Addendum as a substitution prior to the submission of proposals. B No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of proposals unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect and Engineer at a minimum of seven (7) business days prior to the date for receipt of proposals. Each such request shall include a specification line by line review annotated to certify compliance, the name of the manufacturer and model, material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including dimensional drawings, cutsheets, performance and test data and any other information necessary for an evaluation. The Engineers decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. C If the Engineer approves any proposed substitution prior to receipt of proposals, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Offerors shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. D The Engineer and Owner reserve the right to disapprove the use of any manufacturer who in their judgment is unsuitable for use on the Project and that decision will be final E. Availability of specified items. 1 Verify prior to submittal of Proposal that all specified items will be available in time for installation during orderly and timely progress of the work. 2. In the event specified items will not be so available, notify the Architect / Engineer prior to receipt of Proposals. Submit Request for Substitutions in accordance with this section 3 The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of the Contractor's failure to pursue the work promptly or coordinate activities properly COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500 - 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 4 Costs of delays because of non-availability of specified items, when such delays could have been avoided by the Contractor, will be back-charged as necessary and shall not be borne by the Owner F A request constitutes a representation that Offeror 1 Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product. 2. Will provide same warranty for Substitution as for specified product, except when inability to provide specified Warranty is reason for request for substitution as described above. 3 Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner 4 Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5 Will reimburse the Owner and pay for all costs, including Architect/Engineer's redesign and evaluation costs resulting from the use of the proposed substitution, or for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities having jurisdiction G. No substitutions will be considered after the Award of Contract. 1.3 SUMMARY A. Provide all work for electrical systems required in the project to be properly installed, tested and performing their intended function 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform all work in accordance with the latest edition of the national electrical code, and local codes. B All electrical materials and distribution, and utilization equipment shall be UL Listed. C All equipment and materials shall be new and unused and of United States Domestic manufacture unless approved otherwise by engineer or owner D Eliminate any abnormal sources of noise that are considered by the architect not to be an inherent part of the electrical systems as designed 1.5 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Coordinate the work of this division with all other divisions to ensure that all components of the electrical system will be installed at the proper time and fit the available space. B Locate and size all openings in work of other trades required for the proper installation of the electrical system components. C Make all electrical connections to all equipment furnished by this division and any other division. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland D Make all electrical connections from all 120 volt and greater dampers and switches to associated exhaust fan(s)furnished by any other division. 1.6 DRAWINGS A. The drawings are schematic in nature, but show the various components of the systems approximately to scale and attempt to indicate how they are to be integrated with other parts of the building Determine exact locations by review of equipment manufacturer's data, by job site measurements, by checking the requirements of other trades, and by reviewing all Contract Documents. The size of the electrical equipment indicated on the Drawings may be based on the dimensions of a particular manufacturer While other listed manufacturers will be acceptable, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine if the equipment that Contractor proposes to furnish will fit in the space. The drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit and wire, or to indicate all wire terminators, connectors, conduit fittings, boxes or supports, but rather to indicate distribution, circuitry, and control. B The Electrical Drawings are necessarily diagrammatic in character and cannot show every connection in detail or conduit in its exact location These details are subject to the requirements of ordinances and also structural and architectural conditions. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions and shall coordinate the separate trades in order to avoid interference between the various phases of work. Work shall be laid out so that it will be concealed in furred chases and suspended ceilings, etc., in finished portions of the building, unless specifically noted to be exposed. Work shall be installed to avoid crippling of structural members. All exposed work shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless otherwise noted C When the mechanical and electrical Drawings do not give exact details as to the elevation of pipe, conduit and ducts, physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available at the elevations intended with the proper grades for the functioning of the system involved. Exposed conduit is generally intended to be installed true and square to the building construction, and located as high as possible against the structure in a neat and workmanlike manner The Drawings do not show all required offsets and their location details. Work shall be concealed in all finished areas. 17 SUBMITTALS A. Specification Review. 1 Include a paragraph-by-paragraph written specification review for each product listed requiring a submittal. Denote any proposed deviations from specifications. 1.8 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Do all work required to maintain electrical services to the Owner occupied portions of the building during construction B. No connection to existing services or utilities shall be made without Owner's knowledge and permission. All such connections shall be planned and scheduled to minimize the length of service interruption required Request for shutdown shall be made to Owner at least two (2)weeks in advance and shall be accompanied by detailed written schedule of activities during shutdown and list of materials required for connection and renewal of service. It shall be understood that all such service interruptions shall be made at the Owner's convenience, not the Contractor's. No increase in contract amount will be allowed for reasons of premium time, inefficiency of operations or other considerations not calculated in original bid COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland C All items removed shall be stored on-site Schedule a review of the items with the Owner Remove from site all items the Owner does not choose to keep Deliver Owner designated items to Owner's storage facility 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. B Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging C Do not deliver items to project before time of installation. Limit shipment of bulk and multiple-use materials to quantities needed for immediate installation PART 2-EXECUTION 2.1 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. C When performing work on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced and trained in similar operations. D Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. 2.2 OWNER INSTRUCTION A. Provide on-site Owner training for all new equipment. B Use Operation and Maintenance manuals and actual equipment installed as basis for instruction C At conclusion of on-site training program have Owner personnel sign written certification they have completed training and understand equipment operation. Include copy of training certificates in final Operation and Maintenance manual submission. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260500-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 0519-LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide a complete system of building wire and cable to all electrical loads. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Product Requirements: Provide products as follows: 1 Provide stranded conductors for all wiring 2. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 3. Conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. 4 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet 5 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet. 6 Copper B Wiring Methods: Provide the following wiring methods: 1 Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use only Type THHN/THWN-2 insulation, in raceway C Branch Circuit Conductors: No branch circuit conductors are allowed in any slab or under slab on grade unless specifically indicated on drawings. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE A. Manufacturers: 1 Diamond Wire& Cable Co. 2. Southwire 3. General Cable Co 4 IUSA Wire 5 Encore B Product Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C Conductor Copper D Insulation NFPA 70; Type THHN/THWN-2 insulation for feeders and branch circuits. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 2.2 TYPE AC CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1 AFC 2. Southwire B Product Description A fabricated assembly of insulated conductors in a flexible metallic enclosure. C Comply with NEC 320 D Support, provide separate support to structure for all Type AC cable, spacing not exceeding three (3)feet and at each junction box. E. Provide an insulated green grounding conductor in all Type AC cable. F Acceptable Use: Install, at Contractor's option, only for service to light fixtures above accessible ceilings, limit length to six (6) feet whips from accessible junction box to light fixtures. G. Provide insulated throat fittings at all terminations of Type AC cable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify interior of building has been protected from weather B Verify mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C Verify raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned wire and cable, including abandoned wire and cable above accessible ceiling finishes. Patch surfaces where removed cables pass through building finishes. B Disconnect abandoned circuits and remove circuit wire and cable Remove abandoned boxes when wire and cable servicing boxes is abandoned and removed Install blank cover for abandoned boxes not removed C Provide access to existing wiring connections remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or install access panel. D Extend existing circuits using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Route wire and cable to meet Project conditions. B Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland C Identify and color code wire Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated D Special Techniques-Wiring Connections: 1 Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. 2. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise a. MDF/IDF room branch circuits: All branch circuits shall be dedicated and unspliced. Provide dedicated branch circuit 20 or 30 amperes, #10 and or#12 wire, unspliced from wiring device all the way back to the overcurrent device Do not share ground with any other circuit. b Computer branch circuits: All branch circuits shall be dedicated Provide dedicated branch circuit 20 amperes, #10 and or#12 wire from wiring devices all the way back to the overcurrent device. Do not share neutral with any other circuit. c. Kitchen branch circuits: All branch circuits for 125 volt, single phase, 15 and 20 ampere receptacles shall be dedicated Provide dedicated branch circuit 20 amperes,#10 and or#12 wire from wiring devices all the way back to the overcurrent device. Do not share neutral or ground with any other circuit. 3 Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor 4 Install split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger 5 Install solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller 6 Install insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller 3.4 WIRE COLOR A. COLOR CODES FOR CONDUCTORS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS Wire Sizes#10 and Smaller Wire Sizes#6 and Use Continuous Color Coded Insulation Smaller. (Note 01) Use Continuous Color Coded Insulation (Note 02) SystemlPha A B C N G IG se 120/208 Black Red Blue White Green Green/Yello w Stripe 120/240 Black Orange Blue White Green Green/Yello w/color w Stripe stripe (Note 03) 277/480 Brown Purple Yellow Gray Green Green/Yello w Stripe Table Notes: 1 Wire size #8 and larger, black conductors with color marking tape at each termination and where accessible, colors as noted above LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 2. Wire sizes #4 and larger, black conductor with green marking tape at each termination and where accessible. 3 Provide white (no stripe) insulation when 120/208V system is not present at this installation B Neutral Conductors: White. When two or more neutrals are located in one conduit, individually identify each with proper circuit number and provide color coding at each junction box containing more than one neutral. C Branch Circuit Conductors: Install three or four wire home runs with each phase uniquely color coded. D Feeder Circuit Conductors: Uniquely color code each phase E. Ground Conductors: For 6 AWG and smaller Green For 4 AWG and larger Identify with green tape at both ends and visible points including junction boxes. 3.5 GROUPING OF CIRCUITS A. Limit the number of current carrying conductors per conduit to 6 Neutrals serving computer receptacle branch circuits shall be counted as current carrying Grounds shall not be counted. B Grouping of different voltages is not allowed. C Provide metal box sizes per NEC Table 314 16 (A) D Provide conduit per NEC Annex C E. Neutrals serving branch circuits shall not be shared Provide dedicated neutral per circuit. 3.6 POWER LIMITED CIRCUIT INSTALLATION A. Provide a complete system of raceway and covered junction boxes for all power limited circuits installed exposes in finished spaces and spaces without a ceiling B Provide raceway for all power limited circuit wiring within wall cavities and above sheet rock, plaster and other"hard" (non-lay-in) ceiling types of construction. C Labeling: Provide label on all junction boxes. 1 Provide permanent labeling with indelible black marker, in neat, legible print indicating the system wiring name. END OF SECTION 26 0519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 05 26-GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as applicable, apply to this Section. PART I -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide a continuous low-impedance grounding system for the entire electrical wiring system. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: 1 IEEE 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 2. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment. B NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding systems use the following elements as grounding electrodes: 1 Rod electrode. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data on grounding electrodes and connections. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide grounding materials conforming to requirements of NEC, IEEE 142, and UL labeled 1 7 MADE ELECTRODE INSPECTION A. Convene prior to cover up of work of this section B Coordinate inspection of made electrode, exothermic welds and test well installation. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROD ELECTRODES A. Manufacturers: 1 Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. 2. Copperweld, Inc. 3 Erico, Inc. 4 O-Z Gedney Co. 5 Thomas& Betts 6. VFC B. Product Description 1 Material: Copper-clad steel 2. Diameter 3/4 inch 3 Length. ten (10)feet 2.2 WIRE A. Material. Stranded copper B Foundation Electrodes: #2 AWG C Grounding Electrode Conductor Copper conductor bare. D Bonding Conductor Copper conductor bare. 2.3 MECHANICAL CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1 Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. 2. Copperweld, Inc. 3 Erico, Inc. 4 ILSCO Corporation 5 O-Z Gedney Co 6 Thomas & Betts, Electrical 7 VFC B UL Listed for grounding applications. C Provide "ACORN" style ground clamp only for all driven ground rods unless noted to be exothermic connected in this specification. UL listed for connecting ground conductor to a driven ground rod. D Description: Brass connectors, suitable for grounding and bonding applications, in configurations required for particular installation 2.4 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1 Cadweld by Erico, Inc. B. Product Description. Exothermic materials, accessories, and tools for preparing and making permanent field connections between grounding system components. GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland PART 3—EXECUTION ****************************** DELETE FOR REMODEL ****************************** 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove paint, rust, mill oils, and surface contaminants at connection points. 3.3 EXISTING WORK A. Modify existing grounding system to maintain continuity to accommodate renovations. B Extend existing grounding system using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NEC Article 250 Properly maintain the existing neutral- ground bond. B. Install grounding and bonding conductors concealed from view C Install grounding electrode conductor and connect to reinforcing steel in foundation footing D Install a green equipment grounding conductor in all feeders and branch circuits, minimum size per NEC Table 250 122 E. Main Bonding Jumper Shall be sized in accordance with Section 250-66, if not indicated on the drawings, and installed within the same enclosure as the point of bonding of the system neutral service entrance. F Engine Generator Neutral: 1 Ground the generator neutral as a separately derived system per NEC 250-20(d) 2. Sign Provide a sign at the service entrance equipment indicating type and location of on-site generator 3.6 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM A. General: Make a firm bond between all enclosures, equipment and metallic raceway system. Grounding conductors shall be continuous from origin to termination and properly bonded with lugs at both ends. The metallic raceway systems shall be made up properly to form a grounding path that has an impedance back to the main system ground that is as low as can be practically obtained. B Over 250 Volts: Provide locknuts and/or listed fittings per NEC 250-97 for bonding of metal raceways in all circuits of over 250 Volts to ground. In case of oversized, GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland concentric or eccentric knockouts, comply with NEC 250-92(B) The use of snap-in, wedge-type, or pivot-type connectors is prohibited. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Grounding Tests: 1 Test the electrical system after installation is complete. Inspect and test for stray currents, unintended ground shorts, and proper physical condition of grounding system. Correct any deficiencies and re-test to verify satisfactory installation 2. Provide written test report to document all findings, test values, work done and certification of grounding system. 3 Use true-RMS meters for all voltage and current measurements. 4 Test telecommunications grounding riser to verify continuity 5 Check all isolated ground receptacles for correct polarity 6 Test all sub panels of separately derives systems to verify subpanel neutral is isolated from ground 7 Test theater isolated power system for the sound reinforcement system to verify isolation of ground system from other building systems. 8 Verify continuity and isolation of audio system ground bus and grounding riser 9 Perform ground resistance and continuity testing in accordance with IEEE 142. 10 When improper grounding is found on receptacle, check receptacles in entire project and correct. Perform retest. 3.8 TEST WELLS A. Install test well for designated outdoor driven ground rods. Set tops of well flush with finished grade. Provide mechanical connector for ground rod inside test well so that rod can be disconnected from ground ring or other grounding electrode system for testing. 1 Designated Ground Rods: a. One (1)at each generator END OF SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 05 29-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1, as applicable, apply to this Section. PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3 Spring steel clips. 4 Sleeves. 5 Mechanical sleeve seals. 6. Firestopping relating to electrical work. 7 Firestopping accessories. 8. Equipment bases and supports. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1 UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723-Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479- Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4 UL- Fire Resistance Directory 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System). Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping Conform to Building Code and UL for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1 Hangers and Supports. Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity 1 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the Building Code. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers. 1 Allied Tube&Conduit Corp 2. Electroline Manufacturing Company 3 O-Z Gedney Co 4 Appleton B Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free running threads. C Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw hardened steel. D Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten. E. Conduit clamps-general purpose One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits. F Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F Self locking 2.2 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL A. Manufacturers: 1 Allied Tube & Conduit Corp 2. B-Line Systems 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division 4 Unistrut Corp. B Product Description Galvanized 12 gage thick steel. With holes 1-1/2 inches on center 2.3 SLEEVES A. Sleeves for raceway Through Non-fire Rated Floors: 18 gage galvanized steel. B Sleeves for raceway Through Non-fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage galvanized steel. C Sleeves for raceway Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL Listed. D Fire-stopping Insulation: Glass fiber type, non-combustible. 2.4 SPRING STEEL CLIPS A. Product Description. Mounting clamp, and screw 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Manufacturers: 1 Thunderline Link-Seal, Inc. 2. NMP Corporation HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland B Product Description Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation 2.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers. 1 Dow Corning Corp. 2. Fire Trak Corp 3 Hilti Corp 4 International Protective Coating Corp 5 3M fire Protection Products 6 Specified Technology, Inc. B Product Description. Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. 1 Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping Multiple component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Multiple component foam compound 3 Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non-asbestos fibers. 4 Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping Composite of mineral or ceramic fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping 5 Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket,joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6 Intumescent Firestopping Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7 Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. 2.7 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. B. General. 1 Furnish UL Listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. C Non-Rated Surfaces: 1 Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where conduit is exposed 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between conduit and cored opening or water-stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. B Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3.2 INSTALLATION -HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Anchors and Fasteners. 1 Concrete Structural Elements: Provide precast inserts, expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors or preset inserts as required 2. Steel Structural Elements: Provide beam clamps, spring steel clips, steel ramset fasteners or welded fasteners as required. 3 Concrete Surfaces. Provide self-drilling anchors and expansion anchors as required 4 Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners as required 5 Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors or preset inserts as required 6 Sheet Metal. Provide sheet metal screws. 7 Wood Elements: Provide wood screws. B Inserts. 1 Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over four(4) inches. 4 Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface 5 Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. C Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC D Do not fasten supports to suspended ceiling support system, pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. E. Install multiple conduit runs on common hangers. F Supports: 1 Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity Install spring lock washers under nuts. 2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors. 3 In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards one(1) inch off wall. 4 Support vertical conduit at every floor 3.3 INSTALLATION -FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. B Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating. D Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland E. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required. F Remove dam material after firestopping material has cured G. Fire Rated Surface. 1 Seal opening at all rated floors and walls as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of one (1) inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of one (1) inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL Listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. 2. Where cable tray, bus, or conduit, penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product ins accordance with manufacturer's instructions. H Non-Rated Surfaces: 1 Seal opening through non-fire rated floors and walls as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of one(1) inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of one (1) inch void between sleeve and building element. c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer 2. Install escutcheons where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3 Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 INSTALLATION -SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Provide mechanical sleeve seals. B Interior conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. C Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. D Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. E. Extend sleeves through floors and walls one (1) inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. END OF SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-5 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 05 33 -RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 11 SUMMARY A. Section includes conduit and tubing, wireways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and handholes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute. 1 ANSI C80 1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80 3-Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. 3 ANSI C80 5-Aluminum Rigid Conduit- (ARC) B National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1 NEMA 250- Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum) 2. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. 3 NEMA OS 1 - Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 4 NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 5 NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit. 6 NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Tubing and Conduit. 7 NEMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned Provide raceway to complete wiring system. B Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit. Provide cast metal junction and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. C Concealed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel intermediate metal conduit on electrical metallic tubing Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. D Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland E. In Slab or Under Slab on Grade No branch circuit raceway is allowed in any slab or under slab on grade unless specifically indicated on drawings. 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering B Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes and raceway for equipment connected under other Divisions. B Coordinate installation of conduit for control wiring in mechanical rooms and in inaccessible locations such as walls and hard ceilings. C Coordinate installation of conduit for all other low-voltage systems in inaccessible locations and all other locations required by drawings or specifications for those systems. D Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. Refer to Architectural elevations and equipment specifications and coordinate device locations prior to electrical rough-in. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers 1 Carlon Electrical Products 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices 3 Thomas& Betts Corp 4 Walker Systems Inc. 5 The Wiremold Co. 6. Multi Cell 7 O-Z Gedney 8 Raco. 9 or approved equal. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80 1 C Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC): Rigid steel. D Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1, material to match conduit E. Electrical Metal Tubing (EMT). All EMT fittings shall be steel not die-cast metal. All conduit stub-ups above ceiling for low voltage and data to be provided with insulating bushing RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland F Flexible Metal Conduit (Flex). Conduit fittings shall be steel. Provide plastic anti-short bushing for all flex fittings. Comply with NEC 348 G Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Shall be same as flexible metal conduit specified above except Article 350 in NEC H PVC-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: Galvanized rigid steel with additional external coating for 40 mil polyvinyl chloride jacket(PVC) Conforming to UL Standard 6 ANSI C80 1 and NEMA Standard No. RN 1 1 Manufacturer a. Ocal Inc. b Perma Cote Industries c. Rob-Roy Industries d. or Approved equal. PVC-Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: PVC and fittings that are listed per the UL Standards. Comply with NEMA Standard TC-2. J Nonmetallic Multi Duct: Provide nonmetallic multi duct that is UL Listed. 1 Type: four(4) inches schedule 40 PVC outer duct, four 1.25 inch ducts of ribbed polyethylene. Duct shall have six (6) inch deep end bell on one end, spigot on the other end 2. Multi Duct shall have gaskets to seal the inside and outside walls of the inner duct. 2.2 ENCLOSURES A. Pull Boxes, Junction Boxes, Cabinets, and Wireways. Provide pull boxes, junction boxes, wireways, and cabinets wherever necessary for proper installation of various electrical systems according to the National Electrical Code and where indicated on the Drawings. B Minimum Size. That size shown on the drawings, as required for the specific function, or as required by the National Electrical Code, whichever is larger C Construction. 1 Indoors in Dry Areas and Not Buried in Slab Code gage steel - NEMA 1 construction - sides formed and welded, screw covers unless indicated hinged cover or door on drawings. Hinged doors shall be similar to panelboard doors with the same type locking device. Knockouts shall be factory made or formed O-Z Gedney Type PB or approved equal. 2. Outdoors or Indoors in Wet Areas and Not Buried in Slab Same as specified above for indoor except provide NEMA 3R (designated by 3R or RT) unless indicated or specified to be NEMA 4 (designated by 4 or WP)or other type rating. 3 Indoors Buried in Slab: Watertight, galvanized cast iron in floors on or below grade, otherwise concrete tight stamped steel. 4 Outdoors Buried in Earth. Watertight, Polymer concrete similar to Hubbell Power System, Inc. "Quazite" or precast concrete type manufactured by Brooks Product, Inc brand for Oldcastle Precast, Inc. Precast box shall have appropriate structural rating for intended use Install on a level poured concrete base to provide a solid bearing surface. Provide a bolted cast iron traffic cover with foundry-cast marking "Electrical", "Communications" or "Telephone" as applies. Top of enclosure shall be one (1) inch above finished grade in earth Top of enclosure shall be flush with finished pavement. 2.2 WIREWAY A. Manufacturers: Same as Metal Conduit. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland B Product Description: General purpose. C Size: As determined by Contractor in accordance with NEC 376. D Cover Screw cover E. Connector Slip-in F Fittings. Lay-in type G. Finish. Rust inhibiting primer coating with gray enamel finish 2.3 OUTLET BOXES A. Manufacturers: Same as Metal Conduit. B Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1 Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported, furnish 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes. Concrete type. C Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy Furnish gasketed cover by box manufacturer D Wall Plates:As specified in Section 26 27 26 2.4 FLOOR BOXES A. UL listed for wet application,watertight cast-iron, scrub-shield compliant. B NEMA OS-1, sheet steel outlet boxes, device boxes, covers, and box supports. 1 Floor Fully adjustable before and after pour 2. UL Listed for wet application when installed into concrete, stone, tile or floor without carpet cover Provide carpet flange where installed in carpet. 3 Provide watertight, cast iron on floors at or below grade, and provide concrete tight stamped steel on all upper floors. 4 Multi Gang Floor Box: Fully adjustable watertight cast iron gang floor boxes where shown on Drawings. Provide with removable partition and provide conduit openings in boxes as required. Install power circuits in separate raceway from data, telephone or other signal C Manufacturers: 1 Appleton 2. Carlon 3 Crouse-Hinds 4 Hubbell 5 FSR 6 Wiremold/Legrand PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to rough-in. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3.2 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned raceway, including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut raceway flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. B Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source. C Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets when raceway is abandoned and removed Install blank cover for abandoned outlets not removed. D Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. E. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations, or as specified. F Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.3 INSTALLATION -RACEWAY A. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 26 B Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 26 25 29 C Identify raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 26 05 53 D Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. E. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system. F Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. G Support raceway using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. H Group related raceway; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel specified in Section 26 05 29 Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports J Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. K. Construct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 26 25 29 L. Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. M. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. N. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab Above Grade: 3/4 inch. 0 Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-5 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland P Maintain 12 inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees Fahrenheit. Q. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. R. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely S Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting Allow joint to cure for minimum 20 minutes. T Install conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations and to cast boxes. DO NOT route conduit through the top of any outdoor disconnects, panels,etc. conduits must be routed through side or bottom only U Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Install hydraulic one-shot bender to fabricate factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than two (2) inch size. ✓ Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. W Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses expansion joints. X. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples. Y Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Z. Surface Raceway. Install flat-head screws, clips, and straps to fasten raceway channel to surfaces; mount plumb and level. Install insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings. AA. Close ends and unused openings in wireway BB. Provide tracer wire on all underground raceway outside building slab on grade. 3.4 RACEWAY TYPES A. The following raceway types are to be used in the following locations: 1 Under Slab on Grade. Schedule 40 PVC 2. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade. Rigid galvanized steel. 3 Wet and Damp Locations. Rigid galvanized steel. 4 Exposed or Concealed Dry Locations, Indoors: EMT, IMC, or rigid galvanized steel. 5 Underground a. All underground electrical wire in schedule 40 PVC or rigid galvanized steel, 208 volts or greater shall be encased in red concrete two (2) inches thick on all sides. Encasement not required under building slabs, parking lots or other paved surfaces. Red dye may not be applied to the top of the concrete. b All underground electrical wire in schedule 40 PVC or rigid galvanized steel, 120 volts or less shall have red warning tape 6"above raceway 6 Transformers and Motors: 24 inch flexible metal conduit to equipment. 7 Kitchens and outdoor motor and transformer connections: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit for all exposed raceway RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-6 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 8 Cooling Towers: PVC coated rigid galvanized steel within 50 feet of tower 3.5 INSTALLATION-BOXES A. Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated on Drawings and as approved by the Architect. B Adjust box location up to ten (10) feet prior to rough-in to accommodate intended purpose. C Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 126 27 26 D Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only E. In Accessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire F Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. G. Support boxes independently of conduit. Provide rigid support to structure for all junction boxes. Mount junction boxes within 18" of finished ceilings to facilitate future access. Locate junction boxes to allow ready access to junction box covers without removing any equipment. H All outdoor boxes shall be UL listed for wet location service. Provide rigid support to structure for all junction boxes. J Provide rigid support to structure for all conduit within 3 feet of each junction box and a maximum spacing of 10 feet. K. Install junction boxes above ceilings in readily accessible with no obstructions, locate within 18 inches of finished ceiling to facilitate easy access. L. For all flexible whips to light fixtures provide wire support at mid-length of whip to structure above with UL listed conduit support clip M. Provide outlet boxes to meet depth requirement of Architectural walls. Refer to Architectural Spec Section 09250 and 10611 for wall partitions. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Install knockout closures in unused openings in boxes. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. B Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish 3.8 INSTALLATION -FLOOR BOXES A. Use cast floor boxes for installation in slab on grade B Set floor boxes level. RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533-7 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland C Install boxes and fittings to preserve fire resistant rating of slabs and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 26 05 29 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Adjust floor box flush with finish material. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material. 3.11 ABOVE CEILING JUNCTION BOXES A. Labeling: Provide label on all above ceiling junction boxes. 1 Provide permanent labeling with indelible black marker, in neat, legible print indicating the panelboard name, branch circuit number(s) and voltage of conductors within the junction box. Junction boxes used for emergency power circuits to be painted red END OF SECTION 26 05 33 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33-8 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 05 53 -IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 Nameplates. 2. Underground Warning Tape 3 Lockout Devices. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical identification, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Codes and standards: Comply with the following: 1 National Electrical Code, NFPA No 70 2. NEMA standards applicable to the product provided. 3 UL standards applicable to the product provided PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to the following: 1 Panduit Corp. 2. American Labelmark Co. 3 Markal Corp 4 Calpico, Inc. 5 Ideal Industries, Inc. 2.2 NAMEPLATES A. Product Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color B. Emergency Power panels and Equipment: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved white letters on RED background C Letter Size. 1 1/4 inch high letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. D Minimum nameplate thickness: 1/8 inch. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 2.3 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Description. four (4) inch wide plastic tape, colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting. B Nameplate Installation. 1 Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 3 Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. 4 Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive 5 Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations. 6 Install nameplates for the following. a. Switchboards b. Panelboards c. Transformers d Service Disconnects 1) Enclosed Switches e Motor Control Centers f Stand-alone Motor Controllers g. Generators h Contactors C Underground Warning Tape Installation 1 Install underground warning tape along length of each underground conduit, raceway, or cable six (6) to eight(8) inches below finished grade, directly above buried conduit, raceway, or cable. Where multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope, do not exceed an overall width of 16 inches; install a single line marker 2. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and in raceway D Printed Panelboard Directory' 1 Provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker for that panel, switchboard, or motor control center 2. Panelboard directory shall include a legend indicating insulation color corresponding each phase and voltage in the building electrical system. 3 Copy in Owner's Manual. IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3.3 ABOVE CEILING JUNCTION BOXES A. Labeling. Provide label on all above ceiling junction boxes. 1 Provide permanent labeling with indelible black marker, in neat, legible print indicating the panelboard name, branch circuit number(s) and voltage of conductors within the junction box. 3.4 ARC FLASH WARNING LABEL A. Switchboards, panel boards and motor control centers requiring examination, adjustments, servicing or maintenance while energized shall be field marked to warn persons of arc flash hazards. Marking shall be located so as to be clearly visible to qualified persons before servicing or maintenance. END OF SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 20 00 -ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Conditions of the Contract Documents and Division 1 - General Requirements as applicable, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide all electrical distribution and motor control equipment and accessories required to distribute electrical power to all motors, outlets and systems requiring power 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. New. Provide all new equipment. B Single Manufacturer All equipment of each type shall be the product of one manufacturer C UL. Equipment shall be UL listed Service entrance equipment shall bear UL Service Entrance label. D NEC. Equipment and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code. E. Wet Locations. Equipment and enclosures installed outdoors and in wet locations shall be approved for the purpose. F IEEE. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standard 1015-1997 (Blue Book) Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. 1.4 LABELING A. Nameplates and labeling shall be provided in accordance with Section 26 05 53. All feeders shall be labeled at the feeder device. 1.5 FINISHES A. All equipment shall have a factory applied gray finish applied over a rust inhibiting treatment. Any items which have the finish marred shall be touched up or refinished to a new condition before final acceptance. This shall include, but shall not be limited to, sanding and properly removing rust or other contaminants and completely repainting equipment if damage is extensive. Overall acceptance is subject to approval of the Engineer 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Provide complete product data for each equipment type. Provide electric service studies when required. B Submittal shall include written recommendation from manufacturer of settings for all electronic trip adjustment setting on all equipment furnished with adjustable trip settings. Contractor is responsible for adjusting all electronic trip settings per manufacturer recommendations. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland C Electrical connections to all equipment furnished by any other division shall be coordinated with final approved equipment submittals from other divisions including but not limited to circuit breaker sizes, conduit sizes, wire sizes, fuse sizes, disconnect switch sizes and starter sizes that differ from those shown on the drawings prior to submitting Electrical Distribution Equipment submittal. 1 7 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATINGS A. General: All switchboards and panelboards shall be fully rated and marked with a maximum short circuit current rating The equipment manufacturer shall have verified this rating with high-amperage testing All short circuit current ratings are expressed as amperes RMS symmetrical at the applied voltage unless otherwise noted. All equipment shall withstand the specified level of fault current. All overcurrent devices shall interrupt the specified level of fault current. 1.8 ELECTRIC SERVICE STUDIES A. Standard Submit studies in accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 242 Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. B Submit one-line diagram for each electrical service. Key all equipment and components on diagram to items in the studies. C Provide a short-circuit current analysis for each main switchboard. Short-circuit analysis shall calculate short-circuit levels at service transformer secondary, switchboard main breaker, each feeder breaker and all levels of downstream distribution equipment. Assume infinite source bus. D Provide a time-current coordination study for each main switchboard Coordination study shall compare the operating levels and times of the protective devices to the withstand levels and times that the equipment can sustain without damage or failure. Determine electronic trip unit settings necessary to achieve optimal selective coordination between 480 volt main service circuit breaker and first level of feeder distribution devices. Determine setting for all adjustments of trip units of all electronic circuit breakers that are linked by zone-selective-interlocking Furnish time-current curves for the two (or more) levels of distribution protected with electronic trips, plus the first additional distribution level served from the switchboard feeder Show a separate composite plot for each feeder breaker trip rating with the main breaker Plot composite time-current curves on log-log background. Add a typical frame size of downstream molded-case circuit breaker to each switchboard feeder composite plot. E Contractor shall make all adjustments to circuit breakers per electric service study and provide written documentation that all adjustments have been made. 1.9 OWNER'S INSTRUCTION A. Provide a four hour period of instruction to the Owner's designated personnel upon completion of the main switchboards installation [Instruction shall include a functional training session on digital metering system operation and system test procedures] [Demonstrate the transfer of metered values to the Building Automation System ] Review manufacturer's recommended switchboard maintenance. The Operations and Maintenance Manual shall be complete and on-site at the time of Owner instruction ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000 -2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Unless indicated otherwise, all equipment in this section shall be provided from a single manufacturer The product designations listed are to establish a level of quality Acceptable manufacturers are, 1 Square D 2. Siemens 3. G.E. 4 Cutler-Hammer 2.2 ENCLOSED SWITCHES A. General: Provide heavy duty enclosed switches similar to Square D Class 3100 Type HD B Switch Interior 1 All switches shall have switch blades which are visible when the switch is OFF and the cover is open 2. Lugs shall be front removable and UL Listed for 75 degrees Celsius conductors. 3 All current carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion. 4 Switches shall have removable arc suppressors to facilitate easy access to line side lugs. 5 Switches shall have provisions for a field installable electrical interlock. C Switch Mechanism 1 Switch operating mechanism shall be quick-make, quick-break such that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started 2. The operating handle shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover 3 Provisions for padlocking the switch in the OFF position with at least three padlocks shall be provided. 4 The handle position shall travel at least 90 degrees between OFF and ON positions to clearly distinguish and indicate handle position. 5 All switches shall have a dual cover interlock mechanism to prevent unintentional opening of the switch cover when the switch is ON and prevent turning the switch ON when the cover is open The cover interlock mechanism shall have an externally operated override but the override shall not permanently disable the interlock mechanism. The tool used to override the cover interlock mechanism shall not be required to enter the enclosure in order to override the interlock. D Switch Enclosures: 1 Switch covers shall be attached with welded pin-type hinges. 2. The enclosure shall be finished with gray baked enamel paint which is electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphate pre-treated steel. 3. The enclosure shall have ON and OFF markings stamped into the cover 4 The operating handle shall be provided with a dual colored, red/black position indication, 5 All switches shall have provisions to accept up to three (3) 3/8 inch hasp padlocks to lock the operating handle in the OFF position 6 Tangential knockouts shall be provided to facilitate ease of conduit entry E. Switch Ratings: ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 Switches shall be horsepower rated for ac and/or do as indicated on the plans. 2. The UL Listed short circuit current rating of the switches shall be 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes when used with or protected by Class J fuses. 3 Non-Fusible: 10,000 rms symmetrical amps. F Fuse Clips. NEMA FU 1, Class J fuses. 2.3 SINGLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH ENCLOSURES A. Product Description: Enclosed, molded-case circuit breaker conforming to NEMA AB 1, suitable for use as service entrance equipment where applied. B Circuit Breakers: Molded case, quick make, quick break, trip free, common thermal magnetic trip. C Ratings: Continuous current, poles as required, 480 volt system breaker shall interrupt short circuits up to 14,000 rms amps symmetrical; on 120/208 -240 volt system, 10,000 amp rms symmetrical. D Enclosure: NEMA AB 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1 Interior Dry Locations: Type 1 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R. E. Nameplate. Provide a nameplate showing load served. 2.4 FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER A. Square D-Class 2510 Type F 1 Description NEMA ICS 2, ac general-purpose Class A manually operated, full- voltage controller for fractional horsepower induction motors, with thermal overload unit, red pilot light and toggle operator 2. Enclosures: ANSI/ NEMA ICS 6, Type as indicated. 2.5 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Square D-Class 8536 Type S. 1 Description. NEMA ICS 2, ac general-purpose Class A magnetic controller for induction motors rated in horsepower 2. Coil Operating Voltage. Provide as required to interface with controls system, including control power transformer 3. Coil: Be of encapsulated type. 4 Poles: as indicated 5 Size. as indicated. 6 Contacts: Totally enclosed, double-break, silver-cadmium-oxide power contacts. Contact inspection and replacement shall be possible without disturbing line or load wiring 7 Wiring: Straight-through wiring with all terminals clearly marked. 8. Overload.Relay. NEMA ICS a. Solid State. Trip current rating will be established by selection of overload relay and shall be adjustable (3 to 1 current range). The overload shall be self-powered Provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection, permanent tamper guard, Trip Class 10 or 20 and a mechanical test function ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland b Outputs: Units shall be designed for addition of either a normally open or normally closed auxiliary contact and shall be field convertible. Provide one(1)set of N 0 and N C contacts in each starter c. Reset: Unit shall include both manual reset and remote reset using an external module. d Select overload current setting based on the motor nameplate data of the actual motor to be protected. All standard NEMA sizes may be used for the overload relay, including Size 00 9 Enclosure. ANSI/NEMA ICS 6, Type 1, 3R or 4X. 10 Control Power Transformers. 120 volt secondary VA minimum, in each motor starter Provide fused primary and secondary 11 Provide red LED running pilot light and H-O-A switch. 2.6 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS -TWO-SPEED A. Square D-Class 8810 Type S 1 Description. Include integral time delay transition between FAST and SLOW speeds. Starters shall be electrically and mechanically interlocked to prohibit both starters being energized simultaneously 2. Coil operating voltage. Provide as required to interface with controls system, including control power transformer 3 Coil: Be of encapsulated type. 4 Poles: as indicated. 5. Size. as indicated. 6 Contacts: Totally enclosed, double-break, silver-cadmium-oxide power contacts. 7 Contact inspection and replacement shall be possible without disturbing line or load wiring. 8. Wiring Straight-through wiring with all terminals clearly marked. 9 Overload Relay. NEMA ICS a. Solid State; Trip current rating will be established by selection of overload relay and shall be adjustable (3 to 1 current range). The overload shall be self-powered. Provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection, permanent tamper guard, Trip Class 10 or 20 and a mechanical test function b Outputs: Units shall be designed for addition of either a normally open or normally closed auxiliary contact and shall be field convertible. Provide one (1)set of N 0 and N C contacts in each starter c. Reset: Unit shall include both manual reset and remote reset using an external module. d. Select overload current setting based on the motor nameplate data of the actual motor to be protected. All standard NEMA sizes may be used for the overload relay, including Size 00 10 Enclosure: ANSI /NEMA ICS 6, Type 1, 3R or 4X. 11 Two speed motor controllers shall be designed for type of motor winding specified in Division 23 Mechanical Specifications, Drawings, or Equipment Schedule. Coordinate with Division 23 prior to submittal. 12 Provide red-high, amber-low running pilot lights and H-O-L-A switch 13 Provide two speed motor controllers for all two speed motors specified in Division 23 Mechanical Specifications, Drawings, or Equipment Schedule. Coordinate with Division 23 prior to submittal. 2.7 COMBINATION DISCONNECT/MOTOR STARTERS A. Square D-Class 8538 Type S (Fusible or no fuse, as shown on plans) ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-5 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 Description: Combine magnetic motor controllers with fusible switch disconnect in common enclosure. Switch shall have a color coded externally operated handle. Operating handle shall give positive visual indication of ON/OFF with red and black color-coding. 2. Fusible Switch Assemblies: NEMA KS 1, enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle. Fuse clips: Designed to accommodate Class J fuses and visible blades. Operating handle shall give positive visual indication of ON/OFF with color-coded operating handle. 3 Magnetic Motor Controllers: Refer to paragraph(s) specifying magnetic motor controllers for requirements. 2.8 FUSES(600 VOLTS AND BELOW) A. Manufacturers: 1 Bussmann. 2. Little Fuse 3 Ferraz Shawmut B Dimensions and Performance: NEMA FU 1, Class as specified or as indicated on Drawings. C Voltage: Rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase voltage. D Class J (Time Delay) Fuses 1 Dimensions and Performance. NEMA FU 1 2. Voltage. Rating suitable for circuit phase-to-phase voltage. 3 Dual-element, time delay ten (10) seconds (minimum) at 500 percent rated current. E. Spares: Spare fuses shall be provided in the amount of ten (10) percent of each type and size installed. Replacement for fuses and limiters blown during construction shall not count as spares. 2.9 TWO-WINDING TRANSFORMERS A. Product Description. Provide transformers in accordance with the following standards, where applicable: 1 Underwriter's Laboratory 1561, Standard for Safety for Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers 2. Underwriter's Laboratory 506, Standard for Safety for Specialty Transformers 3 NEMA ST 20, Dry Type Transformers for General Applications 4 NEMA 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 V Max) 5 ANSI / IEEE C57 12.91, Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers 6 U S Department of Energy 10 CFR Part 431 Energy Conservation Program. Energy Conservation Standards for Distribution Transformers; Final Rule, dated April 18, 2013. These efficiency standards shall take effect January 1, 2016. All transformers covered in the scope of this document and this specification, manufactured after December 31, 2015, shall be compliant with the new standard. B Ratings as indicated on Drawing. C Primary Voltage: 480 volts, 3 phase or as indicated on plans. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-6 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland D Secondary Voltage: 208Y/120 volts, 3 phase or as indicated on plans. E. Insulation system and average winding temperature rise 150 degrees Celsius over 40 degrees Celsius ambient. F Winding Taps: 1 2 at 2.5 percent above rated voltage. 2. 4 at 2.5 percent below rated voltage. G. Sound Levels. NEMA ST 20 Noise levels shall not exceed NEMA and ANSI Standards. H Basic Impulse Level: 10 kV for transformers less than 300 kVA. Ground core and coil assembly to enclosure by means of visible flexible copper grounding strap J Mounting. 1 1-15 kVA. Suitable for wall mounting 2. 16-75 kVA. Suitable for floor mounting 3. Larger than 75 kVA. Suitable for floor mounting. K. Coil Conductors. Continuous copper windings with terminations brazed or welded. L. Enclosure. NEMA ST 20, Type 1 or Type 3R ventilated. Furnish lifting eyes or brackets. M. Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts. N Nameplate: Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature rise. 2.10 TRANSFORMERS FOR NONLINEAR LOADS A. Nonlinear load transformer shall be as specified for two winding transformers except as modified by this Section B Product Description NEMA ST 20, factory-assembled, air cooled dry type transformers, designed to supply nonlinear load, UL K-9 rated. C Primary Voltage: 480 volts, 3 phase. D Secondary Voltage: 208Y/120 volts, 3 phase E. Insulation and temperature rise: Class 220 insulation system with 115 degrees Celsius average winding temperature rise over 40 degrees Celsius ambient. F Coil Conductors: Continuous copper windings with terminations brazed or welded. Individually insulate secondary conductors and arrange to minimize hysteresis and eddy current losses at harmonic frequencies. Size secondary neutral conductor at 1 73 times the phase conductor ampacity G. Enclosure. NEMA ST 20, Type 1 or Type 3R ventilated Furnish lifting eyes or brackets. H Isolate core and coil from enclosure using vibration-absorbing mounts. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-7 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland I Nameplate. Include transformer connection data and overload capacity based on rated allowable temperature rise. 2.11 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Square D I- Line, Class 2110 B Product Description. NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type panelboard. C Panelboard Bus. copper current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard. D Continuous current rating shall be sufficient to protect wiring and equipment served. 1 Panels 400A and smaller, 35,000 amperes rms symmetrical. 2. Panels greater than 400A. 65,000 amperes rms symmetrical. E. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, circuit breakers with integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Furnish circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits. F Main Circuit Breaker 1 When distribution panel has main circuit breaker, provide molded case circuit breaker with electronic trip unit. Current sensing to be true-rms. 2. Main breaker shall have minimum interrupting rating of 65,000 amperes rms symmetrical at applied voltage. 3 Electronic trip shall be Square D micrologic with adjustable long-time, short-time and instantaneous pick-up set points. G. Cabinet Front: Safety dead front type. Conform to NEMA 1, NEMA 3R if located outdoors. All panelboards located in kitchen areas shall be flush mount with NEMA 4X Stainless Steel enclosures. 2.12 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Square D Type NQ for 208/120V, type NF for 480/277V B Product Description' NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard. C Panelboard Bus: Copper current carrying components, ratings as indicated on Drawings. Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard; D For non-linear load applications subject to harmonics furnish 173 percent rated, plated copper, solid neutral. E. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 208- 240/120 volt panelboards; 22,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 480 volt panelboards. F Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles, listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits, Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits, Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers as indicated on Drawings. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. G. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1 or Type 3R. All panelboards located in kitchen areas shall be flush mount with NEMA 4X Stainless Steel enclosures. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-8 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland H Cabinet Front: Safety dead front type with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel. Provide ground-fault circuit breaker for each heat trace branch circuit. J Panelboards indicated to have thru-feed lugs shall be furnished with thru-feed lugs in all sections of panelboard. 2.13 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS A. General: 1 Provide totally enclosed, freestanding, motor control center with sections joined together to form one rigid unit. Motor control centers shall be similar to Square D Model 6 Class 8998 2. NEMA Class: I 3 NEMA Wiring Class. Type B 4 Standard NEMA Standard ICS 2 Industrial Control and Systems. 5 Underwriters Laboratories: UL 845 "Electric Motor Control Centers" Each vertical section shall be UL listed. Each motor control unit shall be UL listed B Installation. Freestanding on a four (4) inch concrete pad Both the entire enclosure to the pad. C Structure: 1 Fabricated of code gage steel with steel doors formed into standardized units. Each vertical section shall have an independent isolated vertical wiring trough with full height hinged door Back to back mounted devices in the same vertical bus module are unacceptable. 2. Structures shall be totally enclosed, dead front, freestanding assemblies. 3 Structure shall be NEMA type 1 gasketed general purpose. 4 Motor control center structures shall have continuous removable base channels. The top plate(s)shall be removable to facilitate cutting of conduit entry openings. 5 All steel parts shall be provided with a UL listed acrylic baked enamel or powder coat paint finish, except plated parts used for ground connections. All painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatment process, followed by the finishing paint coat. 6 Structures shall contain a minimum 12 inch high horizontal wireway at the top of each section and a minimum six (6) inch high horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section. These wireways shall run the full length of the motor control center to allow room for power and control cable to connect between units in different sections. 7 A vertical wireway shall be provided in each motor control center section that accepts modular plug-in units. The vertical wireway shall connect with both the top and bottom horizontal wireways. The vertical wireway shall be barriered from control units and have a separate hinged door 8 Unused spaces and spares shall have hinged doors. D Bussing: 1 Provide complete horizontal and vertical bussing with wiring spaces at top, bottom, and vertically in each section. All bussing shall be silver plated 98 percent conductivity copper 2. The main horizontal bus shall be fully rated and shall extend the full length of the motor control center Include provisions for splicing additional sections onto either end of the motor control center ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 262000-9 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3 Each section that accepts plug-in units shall be provided with a vertical bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug-in starter units. This bus shall be of the same material and plating as the main bus, and shall be rated no less than 125 percent of motor FLA in that section Vertical bus shall extend full height of section, including all spare and space units. For purposes of calculating vertical bus ampacity, each space shall count no less than FLA of smallest motor served in that section. 4 A tin or silver plated copper ground bus shall be provided that runs the entire length of the motor control center The ground bus shall be rated no less than 1/3 of horizontal main bus amps. Provide a vertical ground bus in each section used for plug-in units. Plug-in units shall have a ground stab arranged for first-make, last-break relative to the power bus stabs. 5 Motor control centers shall be separated into shipping blocks of no more than three vertical sections each. 6 All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the horizontal wireways and starters. Barriers shall be removable to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance. 7 The vertical bus shall be housed in modular glass filled polyester supports that provide bus insulation These supports shall have openings every three (3) inches for unit stab-on connections. Each opening shall be provided with a closing plug to close off the stab opening. E. Terminations. 1 Provide proper incoming line lugs. Size lugs to accommodate wire which is to be installed 2. All starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks. 3. Terminal blocks shall be the pull-apart type rated at 20 amps. The stationary portion shall be used for field connections and will remain attached to the cubicle when the unit is removed. The removable portion of the terminal blocks shall be used for the unit wiring factory connections. F Protective Devices: 1 Class J Fusible Switch-Starter Units. Plug in type with silver plated pressure type line disconnecting stabs of high strength copper alloy Each unit shall be totally enclosed and effectively barriered, and shall be so designed that it can be located anywhere within the structure using the same overload heaters for the same load Fusible switches shall be manually operated quick make, quick break, horsepower rated. Coordinate fuses and overload heaters for proper acceleration time of motors provided. Operating handle shall clearly indicate ON or OFF Provide for locking each switch in OFF position by 1 to 3 padlocks. Provide Class J fuse clips. Provide magnetic starter components as specified in Article MOTOR CONTROLLERS Provide fuses field-installed in accordance with Article FUSES. 2. Circuit Breakers (with no motor controller) Molded case, bolted type, quick make, quick break, trip free, common thermal magnetic trips. Operating handle shall clearly indicate ON or OFF Means shall be provided for locking each breaker in OFF position by one to three padlocks. Automatic tripping indicated by handle at center position. 3 Fused Switch (with no motor controller). Quick make, quick break, horsepower rated. Operating handle shall clearly indicate ON or OFF Provide for locking each switch in OFF position by one to three padlocks. Provide Class J Type fuse clips. Provide fuses in accordance to Article FUSES located in this section. 4 Starters: all starters for motor control center to be size 1 minimum or larger G. Short Circuit Current Ratings: ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 10 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 Protective devices, together with the bussing and bracing, shall safely and without failure withstand and interrupt short circuits on a system capable of delivering up to 65,000 amps RMS symmetrical at nominal system voltage. Provide higher ratings when indicated on the Drawings. 2. Bus bracing shall be provided for the entire bus network to withstand the mechanical forces generated during the specified short circuit. 3 The main device serving the motor control center, every motor control unit and other overcurrent devices installed in the motor control center shall have an interrupt rating no less than the specified short circuit. 4 The entire motor control center shall be suitable for operation at the specified available fault current. The motor control center shall be labeled by the manufacturer to indicate the maximum available fault current rating, taking into account the structure, bussing, main feeder and all units and devices included in the motor control center This fault current withstand rating shall be the basis for the UL Short-Circuit Current Rating. H Nameplate: 1 Identify each device with nameplate showing load served Refer to "Labeling" in Section 16050 2. Provide a master nameplate on face of units similar to following, with correct data shown: Motor Control Center 480 Volts, 3 Phase, 3 Wire, 60 Hertz Main Bus: amps. braced for amperes RMS Symmetrical Date Installed 3 Provide a nameplate for each vertical section marked with section characteristics and factory identification. This nameplate may be manufacturer's standard construction. 4 Provide UL listing marks on each section and unit in manufacturer's standard format. Submittal: Include at least the following: 1 Manufacturer and Model Numbers 2. Dimensions 3 Cable Termination Provisions 4 Current Ratings 5 Voltage Ratings 6 Short Circuit Ratings including proof of any UL-listed series ratings (if series rating allowed by specification) 7 Motor Controller and Protective Device Ratings, including catalog pages for all current-limiting devices. 8 Identify NEMA Class of submitted mcc. 9 Identify NEMA Wiring Type of submitted mcc. 10 Single Phase Relay 11 Unit Elevation 12 Bussing Schematic, Sizes and statement of Conductor and Plating Material. 13 Original Manufacturer Brochure and Specifications Insert Specifier's Note Edit for ampacity 2.14 MAIN SWITCHBOARDS. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 11 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland A. General: Provide universal building—type switchboards fabricated in accordance with NEMA Standard PB-2, UL Standard 891, and bearing a UL Service Entrance Label. Switchboard characteristics are 480/277 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire. Main connection and unit- mounted branch connections shall be from the rear Group mounted branch connections shall be from the front or the rear The entire switchboard assembly shall be similar to Square D Type QED-2. B Structure: 1 The switchboard shall be freestanding and have front and rear alignment. Provide rear access to main device(s) and all unit-mount branch devices (2000A and less can be front access only). Provide front or rear access to group-mounted devices. Formed up steel channels bolted together to form a rigid structure to which formed up fronts, side sheets, and rear covers are bolted Galvanized 1- 1/2" x 3" mounting channels on bottom, rear, left, and right sides to close all openings at the bottom. Arrange for easy addition of future cubicles at end. Provide pull box, fabricated with unit at factory, on top of switchboard if required for proper entrances and exits of feeders. 2. When"SPACE" is indicated on one-line diagram, provide full bussing extension to serve that space and all overcurrent device mounting hardware for the given frame size. C Installation Freestanding, level and bolted to a four(4) inch concrete pad. D Instrumentation. 1 General: Monitor the incoming line with a Square D PM 5563 meter with BACnet IP communication port protocol. Meter shall have digital display adjustable to select phase. Monitor with an ammeter any feeder devices indicated on the Drawings. 2. Wiring Lugs: Provide ring lugs for all wiring terminations of potential transformers (PTs), current transformers (CTs) and current sensors. Fork lugs are not acceptable. Ring lugs are intended to minimize the chance of leads pulling apart and creating an open circuit. (Zero current reading). E. Phase, Neutral and Ground Bussing: Silver plated 98% conductivity copper sized to comply with NEMA Temperature Rise Standard In addition, copper bus shall be sized on the basis of a maximum temperature rise of 65 degree C The vertical bussing per cubicle shall be sized not less than the sum of all devices, including spare spaces, to be served from that cubicle. The vertical bus shall be a minimum of 2000 amperes and shall be full height. Bus supports, connections, and joints shall be bolted with SAE Grade 5 medium carbon steel bolts employing Belleville washers. Provide complete bussing, mounting provisions for circuit protective devices and space screw cover wherever the drawings indicate space only Arrange and drill bussing for future full capacity extension. Provide a full length ground bus, with minimum ampacity of 1/3 phase bus ampacity Provide full—size neutral rated at 100 percent of phase bus. F Terminations. Provide proper incoming line lugs to accommodate cable shown on plans. G Short Circuit Ratings. 1 Switchboard assembly of protective devices, together with the bussing and bracing, shall be fully-rated to withstand and interrupt short circuits on a system capable of delivering up to 65,000 (or 100,000) amps RMS symmetrical at nominal system voltage. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 12 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland Specifier's Note PMT services 2500KVA or smaller will have 65kAIC or less Overhead services 1000KVA or smaller will have 65kAIC or less For larger services, 100kAIC is appropriate ******************************************************************************* H Provisions for Auto Power Factor Controller(APFC) 1 Provide a circuit breaker with adjustable electronic tripping to protect and disconnect the automatic power factor controller 2. Set amp trip at minimum 150 percent of ampacity for the actual KVAR installed 3 Provide buss CTs on main incoming buss for use by the remote auto pf controller These CTs shall be separate and in addition to all other CTs required for switchboard metering. Install a shorting terminal block on CT until the auto pf controller is installed at the job site. 4 Refer to Section 26 35 33 for additional requirements of auto pf controller Protective Devices: 1 Switchboard Main Breaker a. Stationary mounted, manually operated, 100 percent rated molded case circuit breakers with electronic tripping system and stored energy closing mechanisms. The electronic tripping system shall be similar to Square D Micrologic Full Function Trip unit. Main breakers shall be Square D NW (3000-4000), [RJ (1600-2500A) 65KA or RL (1600-2500A) 100KA] ampere frame size. ****************************************** Insert Specifier's Note Edit for ampacity ****************************************** b The breaker shall be UL Listed for continuous duty at 100% of the current rating c. Minimum interrupting rating of 65,000 (or 100,000) amperes rms symmetrical at 480/277 Volts. d. Local trip indicators. overload, short circuit and ground fault. e. Electronic sensing systems shall be true-RMS sensing and not susceptible to adverse harmonic current effects. f Adjustments: 1) The electronic trip unit shall have LSIG Trip functions. 2. Feeder Devices: a. Breakers 700 Amps and Larger 1) Branch feeder breakers 700 amp and larger shall be molded case circuit breakers rated 100% with electronic trip units, similar to Square D [NW (3000-4000A], [RJ (1600-2500A 65kaic 100%)], [RL (1600-2500A 100kaic 100%)], [PJ (700-1200A 65kaic 100%)], [PL (700-1200A 100kaic 100%)] 2) Interrupting rating shall be at least 65,000 (or 100,000) amperes rms symmetrical at 480/277 Volts. 3) The electronic trip unit shall have LSI trip functions. 4) The breaker shall be UL Listed for continuous duty at 100% of the current rating b Breakers 600 amps and smaller shall be type L (600A and 400A frame), J (250A frame), and H (150A frame) molded circuit breakers, AIC rating to match main breaker c. The breaker shall be UL Listed for continuous duty at 100% of the current rating ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 13 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland J Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor(TVSS): 1 General: Provide a Square D Class 1310 240kA surge current rated mounted in the switchboard mounted above the main circuit breaker compartment. K. Lightning and Overvoltage Surge Arrester 1 General: Provide a Square D SDSA3650 lightning and overvoltage surge arrester inside the switchboard housing, connected between the service entrance bussing and the ground bus. 2. Description. Device shall be a heavy duty, three—phase, zinc metal oxide varistor (MOV), secondary class arrester rated for 650 volts and U L. listed in Category (OWHX) of the Electrical Construction Materials Directory (Green Book) Device shall comply with ANSI/IEEE C62.11-1987 Standard for Metal Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits. 3. Installation shall comply with NEC Article 280 Provide fusing if required by installation instructions from arrester manufacturer L. Identification. 1 General: Identify each device and meter with a nameplate showing load served. Refer to Article on LABELING in Section 26 05 00 2. Master Nameplate: Provide a master nameplate on face of boards similar to following, with correct data shown Main Switchboard 480/277 Volts, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 60 Hertz Main Bus. amps. braced for RMS sym amps. Date Installed M. Submittal: Include at least the following 1 Manufacturer and Model Numbers 2. Dimensions 3 Cable Termination Provisions 4 Current Ratings 5 Voltage Ratings 6 Short Circuit Ratings 7 Protective Device Ratings 8. Electronic metering system 9 Surge Arrester 10 Unit Elevation 11 Bussing Schematic, Sizes and Statement of Conductor and Plating Materials 12. Original Manufacturer Brochure and Specifications 13. Coordination drawing using dimensions of actual switchboard submitted. Show board footprint, proper clearances, and other equipment in same room N. Testing: Test all devices and systems to assure proper operation 2.15 SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE TAP BOX(CTB): A. Cable Tap Box: 1 General: Provide weatherproof, freestanding phase collection and cable tap box. Fabricate in strict accordance with Electric Utility requirements. Line side connection from building pad-mounted transformer shall be through underground conduit and wire, load side connections to the building main switchboard(s) shall be weatherproof outdoor busway ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 14 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 2. Structure: Formed up steel channels bolted together to form a rigid structure to which formed-up fronts, side sheets, and rear covers are bolted Front and rear doors shall be hinged. Galvanized 1-1/2 inch x 4inches mounting channels on bottom, rear left, and right sides to close all side openings at the bottom Interior framing shall be galvanized steel 1-5/8" rigid channel or approved equal system. Enclosure shall be tamper proof and outdoor weatherproof 3 Installation: Freestanding and level on an outdoor concrete pad. Provide anchor bolts. Pad shall be outside all Electric Utility easements. Stub up conduits for Electric Utility service lateral and customer-side service entrance conduits. All underground conduit to/from CTB shall be concrete-encased 4 Bussing Insulated bussing, silver plated 98 percent conductivity copper Bussing shall be sized in accordance with UL and NEMA Standards. In addition, size copper bus for not more than 1000 Amperes per cubic inch current density Provide 3 phase, 4 wire, (100 percent neutral) bussing Install with rigid supports to meet fault current rating 5 Fault Current Rating. Bussing and bracing shall safely and without failure withstand short circuits on a system capable of delivering up to 100,000 amperes rms symmetrical at nominal system voltage. Install rope tie as required after cable installation to maintain bracing for short circuit current rating B Electric Utility Requirements: 1 Prior to fabrication, submit three (3) prints of proposed cable tap box (CTB)to the representative designated by the Electric Utility Submit prints only after shop drawings have been submitted and review cycle is complete with the Architect. Allow at least eight weeks time for review by Electric Utility prior to desired date of new service cut-in. Allow additional time for Architect/Engineer review prior to submittal to Electric Utility 2. Cable tap box enclosure shall be tamper proof and weatherproof Entire cabinet shall be tamper-resistant. 3 Form roof with cross-kink to force water to run off the cabinet. 4 Paint Finish Color Match color of Electric Utility padmount transformer Minimum finish shall be prime coat plus at least 6 mils of finish coat paint in two (2) applications. 5 Provide full-height doors on both utility side and customer side. Each door shall be hinged and have a vault-style handle with padlocking provisions. Electric Utility will install its padlock. Provide weatherproof padlock on customer door and give Owner ten (10)copies of key 6 Fabricate CTB with two separate compartments; one side for Electric Utility connections and the opposite side for Customer connections. Compartments shall be separated with an insulating barrier Size cabinet to maintain necessary wire bending radius in Electric Utility and Customer compartments. 7 All insulating barriers shall be one (1) inch black phenolic resin, NEMA Grade N-1 or XX, or phenolite (Grade GPO-3). 8 Each bus bar shall be copper, minimum 1/4 inch x 4 inches. Drill and tap for six (6) sets of 2-hole compression lugs per bus bar on Electric Utility side or other configuration stipulated by E.0 Lowest edge of all bus bars shall be 36 inches above top of concrete foundation. All bus bar dimensions, quantities, bracing and exact layout shall be per approved details from the Electric Utility for this specific job site. Parallel sufficient bus bars to achieve ampacity shown on Electrical Drawings for both Electric Utility and Customer side of CTB Drill and tap for 2- hole NEMA D-tang compression lugs for termination of Customer cables. 9 Install CTB level and bolted to a concrete foundation. Locate outside work space clearance and easements associated with Electric Utility padmount transformer and primary ductbank. 10 Cable Termination: Terminate all cables with NEMA-pattern, two-hole, compression lugs. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 15 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland C Submittal to NE. Include at least the following: 1 Manufacturer and Model Numbers 2. Dimensions: plan, elevations, bus bars. 3 Cable Termination Provisions 4 Current Rating 5 Voltage Rating 6 Short Circuit Withstand Rating 7 Bussing Sizes, Layout and Statement of Conductor and Plating Materials 8 Certify weatherproof cabinet construction Certify paint finish type and thickness. 9 Coordination Drawing showing cable tap box, Electric Utility padmount transformer with required work space clearances, meter location, and underground conduit entrances. 10 After NE shop drawing cycle is complete, submit three complete copies to Electric Utility 2.16 SEQUENCING PANELBOARD FOR THEATER SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM. A. Features: 1 Supply all ac circuits for audio/visual equipment in the high school theater A/V room from time sequence panelboard capable of being remote controlled from multiple locations. 2. 41 sequenced circuits per panelboard. 3 A means of visual operator feedback shall provide an indication of the progress of the power turn-on and turn-off sequence at each control point. 4 Sequencing shall have an adjustable time delay between the low level equipment circuits and the power amplifier circuits. 5 The sequencing system shall be capable of shedding the load within three (3) seconds after a power failuer and re-sequencing when power resumes without operator intervention 6 Provide one LynTec Cat. No SS-2 Sequencer Switch Set with every 41-circuit panelboard. 7 Provide one LynTec Cat. No SS-2PL Remote Locking Switch Plate with every 41-circuit panelboard 8 Provide for each sequencing panelboard a LynTec Model No. SLC 341-41 filled with MB-Motorized Breakers, 3 phase, 4 wire, 208Y/120 Volt 225 Amp Main Breaker panel or approved equal. 9 Acceptable Manufacturer LynTec Inc., 8401 Melrose, Lenexa, KS 66214-1647, telephone 800-724-4047, fax 888-722-4157, www.lyntec.com or email info(cr�,lyntec.com B. Cabinet: Safety dead front type, box made of Code gage galvanized steel; minimum gutter space 4" on all sides but not less than NEC requirements; door with flush type latch Enclosure shall conform to NEMA 1 C Circuit Breakers: 1 General: Provide a breaker for each audio branch circuit to protect wiring and equipment served. 2. Description Each breaker shall have motor drive for individual breaker remote control. Breakers shall be quick make, quick break, trip free, thermal magnetic trip Automatic trip shall be indicated by the handle at the midpoint position. Multiple pole breakers shall have common trip D Short Circuit Ratings. 120/208 volt systems 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 16 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland E. Phase, Neutral and Ground Bussing: Silver or tin plated 98 percent conductivity copper sized in accordance with NEMA Temperature Rise Standards and installed completely throughout panel for installation of future breakers where schedule shows space only Provide an equipment grounding bus bonded to the panel cabinet. Ground bus shall have a terminal screw for every breaker in the panel. F Termination Provide proper incoming line lugs. Size lugs to accommodate wire which is to be installed. G. Surge Protective Device: Install a Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor (TVSS) on the sequencing panelboard. TVSS shall be Current Technology TransGuard TG60 Series or Liebert Interceptor Model 111 Series. H Nameplate. Nameplate on front face showing panel name and voltage. Coordinate to give same name as shown on Drawings. Directory* Complete at end of job, typewritten, contained in frame on the inside of the panel door Frame shall have a protective plastic shield. Label every breaker to match directory 2.17 ELEVATOR SHUNT TRIP DISCONNECT A. Provide Bussman Power Module Switch PS Series; amperage size and operating voltage shall match elevator branch circuit indicated on drawings. B Provide control power transformer, fire alarm system interface relay, key-to-test switch, mechanical interlock auxiliary contact for hydraulic elevators with automatic recall. C Interconnect with local heat detectors to provide elevator shutdown prior to the discharge of fire protection water in elevator machine room 2.18 ROOF MOUNTED PEDESTALS A. Roof Utility Pedestal with 20 Amp GFCl/Weatherproof receptacle - Provide MAPA Products utility roof pedestal#MPX-20G: 36/12. B Roof Pedestal with Non-Fused Disconnect Switch and 20 Amp GFCl/Weatherproof receptacle - Provide MAPA Products roof pedestal #MDP — (XX) See plans for disconnect sizes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 MOUNTING: A. General: All equipment shall be securely fastened in place. B Locations: In all cases mounting locations shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. This shall include providing suitable working clearances. C Concrete Pads: 1 Provide concrete in accordance with the Division of the Specifications for that product. 2. Indoor concrete pads shall consist of a four (4) inch pad with beveled edges extending two (2) inches beyond the perimeter of supported equipment. Switchboards, motor control centers, transformers greater than 15 KVA, and engine generators shall be installed on a pad Refer to the drawings and the ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 17 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland specifications for each piece of equipment to determine what other equipment shall be mounted on a pad. 3. All equipment, ground mounted outdoors, shall be mounted on a pad Outdoor pads shall be minimum of one foot thick reinforced with #4 rebar one (1) foot on center each way Size outdoor pads with at least four (4) feet working clearance in front of equipment and one (1) foot on all sides. Provide anchor bolts for pad- mounted equipment. Refer to Detail on drawings. D Wall Mounted Equipment: Wall mounted equipment shall be suitably positioned on the wall. Equipment mounted on exterior basement wall shall have unistrut channels between the wall and the equipment to prevent condensation problems. Where wall mounted equipment is specified, but a convenient wall not available, a suitable unistrut mounting stanchion anchored in concrete shall be provided. In lieu of this stanchion, small devices may be mounted on to the equipment served if approved by the equipment manufacturer E. Motor rated disconnects: Install disconnects in a vertical orientation with off in the down position. 3.2 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: 1 Store all types of electrical power distribution equipment in a clean, heated building affording appropriate physical protection. Control access to prevent unauthorized tampering with the equipment. However, equipment may be stored in other inside or outside environments under approved conditions. 2. Inspect equipment when received at Project site for shipping damage. Report as required by freight carrier to recover repair or replacement costs from the freight carrier in the event damage was sustained 3 Covers are required unless indoor, ventilated storage conditions exist. Canvas tarpaulins or the equivalent are preferred over other coverings because they provide better humidity control and enclosure scuff protection. Where exposed to moisture, covers shall be waterproof 4 The manufacturer's shipping skids shall be left on the equipment to provide structural support until the equipment is set in final resting place. 5 Refer to Section 26 05 00 for additional requirements. Contractor shall furnish new equipment to replace any equipment that is exposed to weather or subjected to other deleterious effects of construction B. Approved Conditions for Equipment Storage: 1 General: Where storage conditions specified above are not available, indoor or outdoor storage shall comply with the following 2. Switchboards, Motor Control and Other General Distribution and Utilization Equipment: a. Store metal-enclosed equipment in the upright position Provide good ventilation of the shelter and protection from dirt, moisture and physical damage. b. Space heaters furnished with the equipment shall be connected to a continuous source of power of the proper rating. Where space heaters are supplied from auxiliary power transformers, care shall be taken that low-voltage heater circuits are properly isolated before power source connection to prevent inadvertent energizing of the auxiliary transformer and associated high-voltage primary wiring c. Ambient conditions may allow condensation inside waterproof covers. If condensation is occurring, temporary heaters or lamp banks shall be provided of sufficient wattage to prevent condensation. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 18 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland d. Contractor shall ensure that equipment stored in shipping cases receives adequate ventilation to avoid mildew and prevent condensation. C Transformer 1 Indoor storage shall be provided for all transformers. 3.3 GROUND FAULT PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide for system performance testing as required by the National Electrical Code. Provide each ground fault relay, sensing device or ground fault protection system with instructions and a test form The form shall be retained by those in charge of the building's electrical installation and be available to the authority having jurisdiction The instruction content shall be as required by UL. 3.4 TRANSFORMER VIBRATION ISOLATION A. Floor Mounted Transformers: Install on concrete housekeeping pad with Mason Industries Type WM Neoprene Waffle pad, or equal. Provide Type WM isolation for elevated rack installation. B Wall Mounted Transformers: Install Mason Industries Type WM Neoprene Waffle pad between the wall brackets and the wall. C Suspended Transformers: Install Mason Industries PC30 Pre-compressed spring hanger with neoprene isolator D Floor Mounted Transformers Greater than 150 kVA. Install on Mason Industries, Inc, or equal, unhoused spring isolators with acoustical pad bonded to bottom. Isolators shall be undamped free-standing spring isolators sized for a minimum of two (2) inches of static deflection. The spring outside diameter shall be no less than 80 percent of the spring operating height. The spring shall have remaining travel to solid of no less than 50 percent of the static deflection Provide a 1/4 inch neoprene friction pad bonded to the spring base. Bolt each vibration isolator unit to concrete pad, and bolt transformers to the vibration isolator units, using the leveling bolts and nuts provided with the unit. 3.5 TRANSFORMER VENTILATION A. Transformers with ventilating openings shall be installed so that the ventilating openings are not blocked by walls or other obstructions. The required clearances shall be clearly marked on the transformer 3.6 POWER SHUT OFF UNDER KITCHEN HOODS. A. NFPA. 1 Comply with NFPA 96 Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations. The operation of any extinguishing system shall automatically shut off all sources of fuel and heat to all equipment requiring protection by that extinguishing system. 2. Comply with NFPA 17, Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems. 3 Comply with NFPA 17A, Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems. B Shunt Trip. All electrical sources located under the ventilating equipment (cooking equipment hood) shall be shut off upon the operation of a wet chemical or water fire extinguishing system. Provide shunt trip accessory on each circuit breaker serving an electrical appliance under the hood Install control wiring between shunt trips and the hood extinguishing system Coordinate all wiring with supplier of hood fire suppression system for proper selection of shunt trip coil voltage, momentary or maintained-contact ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00- 19 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland closure to activate shunt trip and inter-connections. Operation of a hood extinguishing system shall automatically shunt trip all associated circuit breakers. C Fire Alarm System: The operation of any extinguishing system shall automatically signal the building fire alarm system Refer to Section 26 05 53 for additional fire alarm system requirements. 3.7 LABELING A. Nametag: Provide a nametag for each piece of distribution equipment; see Section 26 05 53, Electrical Identification END OF SECTION 26 20 00 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 26 20 00-20 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland SECTION 26 3213-EMERGENCY GENERATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide an emergency power system for emergency egress lighting, fire alarm system, emergency elevator operation, and other emergency power loads required B Provide all labor, materials, and equipment as necessary to complete all work as indicated on the drawings, and as specified herein C Products supplied but not installed under this section. Products shall be turned over to the Owner 1 Emergency generator system equipment as follows: a. Complete set of all special tools required to operate and service the equipment as recommended by the manufacturer for field maintenance. b One oil filter replaceable element. c. One air filter replaceable element. D Related Sections. 1 Division 1 -General Requirements 2. Applicable sections of Division 16-Electrical 3. For emergency generators. Fuel gas piping, exhaust gas piping, flexible pipe connections, cooling air duct work, assembling generator accessories. E. Power Source Provide an on-site engine-generator set to generate power for distribution to emergency and standby loads by the emergency power distribution system. Engine- generator set shall be constructed of all-new components. F Transfer Power to emergency loads shall be automatically transferred from normal utility power to the emergency engine generator upon loss of normal power Transfer and assumption of load shall occur in ten (10) seconds or less. Loads shall be automatically retransferred upon restoration of normal source. G. Distribution System: Distribution equipment devices, and circuits shall be provided as required to distribute power to emergency loads. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Emergency generators shall be in accordance with the latest applicable standards as recommended by, SAE, IEEE, and ANSI/NEMA MG-1 Motors and Generators ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13- 1 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1 Emergency generator systems including: a. Engine-generator set and foundation requirements. b Auxiliary and remote equipment. c. Make of engine, number of cylinders, compression ratio, bore and stroke, cylinder displacement, and speed. d. Make of generator, electrical rating, number and type of bearings, and exciter type. 2. Plan and elevation views with overall and interconnection point dimensions, fuel consumption rate curves at various loads, ventilation and combustion air requirements, and electrical diagrams including schematic and interconnection diagrams. 3. Product data showing dimensions, weights, ratings, interconnection points, and internal wiring diagrams for engine, generator, control panel, battery, battery rack, battery charger, exhaust silencer and vibration isolators. 4 Installation instructions. 5. Name, location and phone number of nearest authorized distributor/service facility 6 Sequence of Operation - Manufacturer shall prepare a detailed, typewritten sequence of operation and submit as part of the approval documents. Final approved sequence of operation shall be permanently encapsulated in plastic laminate and permanently attached to the equipment. Format shall be 8%" x 11" or 11"x 17"as appropriate. 7 Include schematic one-line diagram with appropriate symbols and nomenclature properly referenced to text. B Product Data: 1 Specification Review A complete item by item, line by line specification review 2. Output current Amperes and electrical kW rating of engine-generator set. 3 Brake horsepower rating of engine. 4 Fuel consumption at 100 percent, 75 percent and 50 percent load. 5 Cooling requirements. 6 Sound level (dBA measured on longitudinal and perpendicular axis at ten (10) feet) 7 Manufacturer's technical data for generator, governor, voltage regulator, and battery charger Governor submittal shall also identify method of overspeed protection to be furnished 8. Generator sub-transient reactance Xd", per unit 9 Generator short circuit current, three-phase amperes. 10 Generator voltage waveform distortion, measured at Full Load, line-neutral, both total harmonic distortion (THD) and maxim single harmonic order THD 11 Generator output circuit breaker(s), including proof or UL listing 12. Transfer Switch. Show complete data showing compliance. Include continuous and withstand current ratings of all contacts. C Manuals and Test Data 1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals for all major components including instructions for normal operation, routine maintenance requirements, service manuals for generator, engine, oil sampling and analysis for engine wear, and emergency maintenance procedures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Authority Having Jurisdiction. ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-2 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 General The system shall comply with all applicable Codes and Ordinances as interpreted and enforced by the local authority having jurisdiction. B National Electrical Code: The system shall comply with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, including 1)Article 445, 2) 700 C NFPA. 1 General: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA Standards, including the following: a. NFPA 37 Standard for Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines. b NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. c. NFPA 110. Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems. 1) Type ten (10)seconds. 2) [Class 12 ] [Natural gas utility pipeline]. 3) Category B (engine-generator set) 4) Level 1 d. NFPA 30• Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. D UL. 1 General: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards, including the following a. UL 1008: Automatic Transfer Switches, Fourth Edition or later b ANSI / NEMA. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI / NEMA MG 1, "Motors and Generators", and MG 2, "Safety and Use of Electric Motors and Generators" c. IEEE. Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Std 446-1987, "IEEE Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications"(Orange Book) d. Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission: TNRCC includes former Texas Water Commission (TWC) and Texas Air Control Board. Comply with applicable regulations of the TNRCC, including Texas Administrative Code (TAC) Title 31, Chapter 334 Underground and Aboveground Storage Tanks. E. EPA. 1 General: Comply with all applicable EPA requirements. 1.6 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Provide a four (4) hour period of instruction to the Owner's designated personnel upon completion of the system installation. Run engine-generator set and review remote annunciator panel for typical readings. Explain operation of generator remote stop switch Demonstrate complete transfer sequence of utility-generator-utility Operations & Maintenance Manual shall be complete and on-site for use during Owner's Instruction 17 WARRANTY A. Furnish full parts and labor warranty to cover the entire engine generator package and automatic transfer switch including all accessories, components, controls, batteries, etc. for five years. Warranty shall begin from date of Certificate of Substantial Completion Provide a sample of manufacturer's warranty certificates within equipment submittal. Warranty start dates from shipment or start up will not be accepted ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-3 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland B In addition to full parts, labor, the Standard and Extended warranty shall include miscellaneous materials, travel time, incidental expenses, normal freight/shipping, oils, lubricants, belts, filters, etc. and any expenses related to service calls required to diagnose and correct warranty issues. No purchase order number shall be required by the owner for service calls within warranty period Purchase order number can be issued after problem is determined not to be a warranty issue C The manufacturer shall provide factory certificates for each Generator and associated Automatic Transfer Switch listing at a minimum the model, serial number and warranty information as specified above. Payment to contractor may be held if warranty certificates are not provided in a timely manner D All warranty work shall be performed by factory direct service technician Warranty work shall not be performed by installing contractor 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Provide two spare sets of each oil, and air filter element required for each engine generator system. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL INFORMATION A. Furnish and install new diesel engine driven electric generating unit, factory assembled single unit generator set, with continuous output voltage of 480Y/277, 3 phase, 4 wire, at 0 8 power factor, 60 hertz, grounded neutral service, fully rated for operation at the job site altitude at an ambient temperature range of 120 degrees Fahrenheit maximum to -0 degrees Fahrenheit minimum, all mounted on a common steel base suitable for mounting on a concrete foundation pad, complete with a derangement panel and all accessories as specified and required for normal operation in standby service. B The basis for this specification is Cummins Power Generation 500kW, equipment model DFEK. Approved equals may be considered if equipment performance is shown to meet the requirements herein All equipment provided shall be supplied by a manufacturer who has been continuously engaged in the manufacture of industrial grade Power System products for a minimum of 25 years. The manufacturer shall have test facilities available to test the proposed equipment and demonstrate the equipment will meet the project specifications. C Acceptable Manufacturers. 1 Caterpillar 2. Cummins/Onan D Manual and Automatic Start- Unattended Operation 1 Manual start shall be done by operating the "start" button on the generator or selecting "manual" on the manual-off-automatic selector switch on the automatic transfer switch 2. Automatic start shall be done by the automatic transfer switch when the manual- off-automatic selector switch on the automatic transfer switch is in the "automatic" position E. Voltage and frequency regulation. 1 Engine/generator shall deliver rated output (kVA) at rated frequency and power factor, at not more than two (2) percent above or below rated voltage 2. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus two (2) percent for any constant load between no load and rated load. Random voltage variation shall not exceed ± 1 ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-4 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland percent for any constant load Voltage recovery to 100 percent normal output shall take no longer than two seconds after single step application of 100 percent rated load 3 Frequency regulation shall be isochronous from steady state no load to steady state rated load Random frequency variation with any steady load from no load to full load shall not exceed plus or minus 1 8 hertz. Frequency adjustable from 57 hertz to 63 hertz (± 5 percent) 4 The engine-generator set shall be capable of single step load pick up of 100 percent nameplate kW and power factor, less applicable derating factors, with the engine-generator set at operating temperature. F The alternator shall produce a clean AC voltage waveform, with not more than five (5) percent total harmonic distortion at full linear load, when measured from line to neutral, and with not more than three(3) percent in any single harmonic. G Furnish all necessary electrical connections, transfer switch, control panel, relays, etc., for installation of new generator set. H Generator and engine shall be mounted on vibration isolating supports capable of 95 percent isolation to minimize vibration of the remainder of the skid-mounted equipment and transmission of vibration to the supporting pad. Generator shall be fully enclosed or suitably guarded to prevent exposure to all parts which operate at extremely high temperatures, electrically energized, or rotating All noncurrent carrying parts shall be grounded J Thoroughly clean all equipment, and prime and finish paint with manufacturer's standard paint finish K. Outdoor Weather-Protective Housing Factory-assembled to generator set base and radiator cowling. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set operation and exclude entry of moisture into interior components. The housing shall have hinged side- access doors and rear control door All doors shall be lockable All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer's standard color L. Enclosure shall be provided with motorized louvers on the intake side as well as spring open louvers on the discharge end M. Enclosure shall be provided with a thermostatically controlled space heater 2.2 ENGINE A. Engine shall be standby power rated, multi-cylinder, compression diesel four stroke cycle, liquid cooled, internal combustion engine for use with diesel fuel, industrial type, designed for full rated power output at 1800 rpm, 60 hertz. The engine shall be arranged for direct connection to the alternating current generator B Governor shall be electronic isochronous type no load to full load, with recovery to steady state within 2 seconds following sudden load changes. Random frequency variation shall not exceed ±0.25% of its mean value for constant loads from no load to full load Governor shall be provided with means for manual operation and adjustment. C Lubrication system. 1 Full pressure type with engine driven positive displacement sump pump, 2. Full flow strainer, 3 Full flow filter, ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-5 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 4 Pressure relief and automatic bypass valves, 5 Crankcase ventilator with filter and connection for outside venting, 6 Bayonet type oil level indicating pressure gauges on the upstream and downstream side of the strainer and filter, 7 Drain connection, 8. Oil cooler, 9 Low oil pressure safety shutoff device, 10 Provide water shutoff valves and drain on the oil cooler to facilitate draining water without draining the complete engine cooling system. 11 Provide a radiator coolant level sight glass. D Cooling system. 1 Pressure type, with radiator, blower type fan, 2. Engine driven circulating pump, 3. Radiator cap incorporating a pressure-vacuum valve, 4 Thermostat in conjunction with a radiator bypass, 5 Drain connection, 6. High coolant temperature safety device, 7 Fan shall be sized to maintain safe engine temperature in ambient temperature of 120 degrees Fahrenheit, 8. Provide gaskets and packing in the cooling system which are unaffected by ethylene glycol base coolant, 9 Provide a 50% ethylene glycol antifreeze solution for the coolant, 10 Radiators shall be provided with a duct adapter flange permitting the attachment of air discharge duct for directing discharge air through the wall, 11 Radiator and Air Intake/Discharge System Flow Restriction requirement shall be no less than 0 5 inches of water E. Provide thermal circulation type engine jacket water heater with integral thermostatic control, sized to maintain minimum coolant temperature of 49 degrees Celsius down to an ambient temperature or 0 degrees Celsius. The heater shall be disconnected whenever the engine starts by an oil pressure switch mounted on engine. Connect heater to 120 volt normal power panel as indicated on Drawings. Install tag at connection on generator to identify power panel and circuit number F Air intake system shall be complete with a dry type filter, and high frequency filter-type silencer for reducing the sound level at the intake to a point acceptable for residential use. G. Air shutoff for emergency shutdown H. Engine exhaust system shall be complete with stainless steel critical type silencer capable of reducing ambient exhaust noise level to 60 dBA when measured 50 feet from the engine under full engine load and clear weather Silencer shall be supported independently of the engine Flexible exhaust connection shall be provided from the engine exhaust manifold to the silencer An exhaust condensation trap with manual drain valve shall be provided to prevent condensation from entering the engine Furnish and install a steel rain cap at the exhaust stack outlet. Rain cap shall have a high-temp paint finish Standard SAE nuts, bolts, and studs. J Standard NPT or SAE tubing and fittings. K. Diesel Fuel System: ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-6 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 General: Provide all fuel system components necessary to allow the generator system to operate under full load for a minimum of eight(12) hours. 2. Engine. Include primary and secondary fuel filters with replaceable elements, an engine driven, mechanical positive displacement fuel pump, and vibration isolation flexible fuel line connectors, all mounted on the engine 3 Fuel Storage: Provide an integral fuel tank mounted between the generator skids. Features shall include. a. Finish corrosion-resistant primer and painted to match generator b. Fill: Provide a two (2) manual fuel fill connection with cap c. Fuel Line Connections: Provide one for each fuel line, supply and return d. Drain. one (1) inch plugged. e. Vent: Provide a vent connection for vent piping. Refer to Division 15 for vent piping f Overflow one (1) inch plugged g. Gages: Provide a fuel level gage. h Installation: Skid mounted on a four(4) inch concrete pad Fuel: Tank shall be full of fuel upon job completion. j. The fuel tank shall be tank-in-tank construction with alarmed interstitial space. UL 142 listed. k. Alarm: Provide a low-fuel sensor and wire out to remote indicator(s) Low fuel alarm level shall be adjusted for two (2) hours full-load run time. Fuel Polishing system capable of turning over the capacity of the tank within 8 hours. 2.3 GENERATOR A. Generator shall be alternating current, three phase, four pole, reconnectible brushless revolving field synchronous type with brushless exciter directly connected to the generator field windings without slip rings or commutators. B. Generator shall have a single prelubricated sealed bearing, direct connected to the engine, by means of a flexible disc coupling for self-alignment and air cooled by a direct drive centrifugal blower fan. C Insulation shall be minimum Class H in a self-ventilated enclosure. Temperature rise shall be 130 degrees Celsius max over ANSI 40 degrees Celsius ambient for standby service. D Bring out all leads from each winding to a generator main lead terminal box adequate in size for making up all connections and grounding the neutral to the generator set supporting frame. E. Voltage regulation shall include True RMS 3 phase sensing, generator-mounted volts per Hertz exciter-regulator to match engine and generator characteristics. Include manual controls to adjust voltage output plus or minus 5 percent of nominal voltage level. F The generator shall have the necessary excitation control circuitry to prevent the loss of excitation on fault conditions allowing quick return to full voltage and power to normal and faulted circuits. G. Furnish NEMA 1 output terminal and outgoing cable termination compartment integral with the engine-generator frame. ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-7 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland H. Output Breakers: Provide output molded case circuit breakers of adequate capacity and rating Provide output breaker for each output circuit running from generator Breaker shall be UL Listed 100 percent rated for continuous operation at full ampacity Provide cable extensions and enclosure required to integrally mount output circuit breaker inside outdoor generator housing Enclosure shall comply with NEC 404-3 Housing Alternator shall have an open drip-proof construction J Provide anti-condensation alternator heater 2.4 VOLTAGE REGULATION A. Static type, three phase, mounted either on the generator control panel or combined with the exciter Voltage shall have "manual-automatic" switch and be adjustable +/- 10 percent under all operating conditions. 2.5 ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM A. Engine starting system shall be a 12 volt or 24 volt DC system depending on size of engine/generator, consisting of a heavy duty electric cranking motor(s) with drive mechanism, heavy duty batteries with metal frame or box, engine driven alternator, battery charger, and transistorized voltage regulator B Cranking motor shall be capable of starting the engine five times in rapid succession without overheating the motor and at sufficient speed for starting in low ambient temperatures. C Storage batteries shall be lead acid type of voltage and capacity as determined by the engine manufacturer, with sufficient capacity to start the generator set five times consecutively in rapid succession. Provide all battery cables and connections. Provide hydrometer D Battery charger shall be an automatic, self-protected, self-regulated, dual rate rectifier type of a capacity determined by the engine manufacturer and sufficient to automatically recharge the batteries quickly according to the requirements governed by battery discharge duty, and suitable for 120 volt, single phase, 60 hertz input service from a remote receptacle panel. E. Provide redundant Best Battery System and chargers 2.6 ENGINE-GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL A. Control panel shall be engine generator frame mounted in NEMA 1 enclosure, totally front accessible. Control panel shall be completely factory pre-wired. All external connections shall be wired out to terminal blocks for field wiring. Control panel shall be complete with all engine and generator controls and indicators. Include front hinged double doors with latches and provision for padlock. B Control panel shall provide a contact closure to initiate operation of the ventilation system. Wire out to terminal block. Contact shall be field wired by manufacturer as indicated on the Drawings. C Control panel shall include the following fully identified by means of permanent nameplates: 1 Control a. Output voltage adjustment. b. Cranking limiter relay ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-8 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland c. Overspeed shutdown d Low oil pressure shutdown e High coolant temperature shutdown f Remote Alarm Contacts: Pre-wired SPST contacts to terminal strip for remote indication of all alarm functions. g Battery operated service light to illuminate panel during power outage conditions. h Manual-off-auto engine start switch. 2. Visual monitoring a. Frequency Meter 45-65 Hz range, 3% inch (89 mm) dial. b AC Output Voltmeter 3% inch dial, two (2) percent accuracy, with phase selector switch (phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground) c. AC Output Ammeter 3% inch dial, two (2) percent accuracy, with phase selector switch and 3 current transformers. d. Push-to-test indicator lamps, one for each 1) Engine run 2) Low oil pressure 3) High water temperature 4) Overspeed and overcrank 5) Overspeed shutdown 6) Failure to crank 7) Failure to establish voltage or frequency 8) Failure to reach rated voltage at transfer switch in ten (10) seconds e. Engine running time meter f Electrical oil pressure gauge. g Electrical water temperature gauge. h. Mechanical fuel pressure gauge. Radiator sight glass. DC voltmeter and ammeter 3 Audible monitoring a. Low oil pressure alarm condition b. High coolant temperature alarm. c. Failure to crank. d. Failure to establish voltage or frequency e Failure to reach rated voltage at transfer switch in ten (10) seconds D Battery charging system including alternator and solid state regulator E. Remote Annunciator NFPA 110. Provide a remote annunciator to meet the requirements of NFPA 110, Level 1 The annunciator shall provide remote annunciation of all points stated above and shall incorporate ring-back capability so that after silencing the initial alarm, any subsequent alarms will sound the horn. F Locate annunciator per owner's instruction G Provide remote monitoring system via cellular signal to monitor backup power system, receive alerts and control system from off site 2.7 WEATHER PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE A. Standard Enclosure. ENGINE GENERATORS 263213-9 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No P2113900ME City of Pearland 1 Steel weather protective enclosure with 14 gauge sheet metal and a minimum ambient capability of 43 degrees Celsius (110 degrees Fahrenheit). Shall have removable, and / or hinged doors and removable end panels to allow easy routine maintenance. All hinges and latches shall be rust resistant and doors shall be equipped with rubber seals. A lockable service access cover shall be provided for easy access to the radiator fill cap The enclosure shall be painted utilizing electrostatically applied powder baked paint. 2.8 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES A. Furnish and install automatic transfer switches (ATS) with four (4) poles, amperage, voltage, withstand and close-on ratings as shown on the plans. Each automatic transfer shall consist of an inherently double throw power transfer switch mechanism and a microprocessor controller to provide automatic operation. All transfer switches and controllers shall be the products of the same manufacturer B Acceptable Manufacturers. 1 ASCO 2. Russ Electric 3 Zenith 4 Cummins/Onan C Mechanically Held Transfer Switch 1 The transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held The electrical operator shall be a momentarily energized, single-solenoid mechanism. Main operators which include overcurrent disconnect devices, linear motors or gears shall not be acceptable. The switch shall be mechanically interlocked to ensure only two possible positions, normal or emergency 2. All transfer switch sizes shall use only one type of main operator for ease of maintenance and commonality of parts. 3. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary outages, so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability and operating life. 4 All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 600 amperes and above shall have segmented, blow-on construction for high withstand and close- on capability and be protected by separate arcing contacts. 5 Inspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of power conductors. All stationary and moveable contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors and/or bus bars. 6 Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers, contactors, or parts thereof, which are not intended for continuous duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources are not acceptable. D Microprocessor Controller 1 The controller's sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and the ability to communicate serially through an optional serial communication module. 2. A single controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for maximum application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements. Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to ± 1 percent of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to ± 0.2 percent. The panel shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of-20 to+60 degrees Celsius and storage from-55 to+85 degrees Celsius. ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 10 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3 The controller shall be connected to the transfer switch by an interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the transfer switch for routine maintenance Sensing and control logic shall be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. Interfacing relays shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance The protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the operator's manuals. 4 All customer connections shall be wired to a common terminal block to simplify field-wiring connections. 5 The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)as follows: a. EN 55011 1991 Emission standard -Group 1, Class A b. EN 50082-2.1995 Generic immunity standard, from which. 1) EN 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity 2) ENV 50140.1993 Radiated Electro-Magnetic field immunity 3) EN 61000-4-4 1995 Electrical fast transient(EFT) immunity 4) EN 61000-4-5 1995 Surge transient immunity 5) EN 61000-4-6:1996 Conducted Radio-Frequency field immunity c. IEEE472 (ANSI C37 90A) Ring Wave Test. E. Enclosure 1 The ATS shall be furnished in a Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise shown on the plans. F Controller Display and Keypad 1 A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be available for viewing and limited control through the serial communications input port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via DIP switches on the controller a. Nominal line voltage and frequency b Single or three phase sensing c. Operating parameter protection d Transfer operating mode configuration (Open transition, Closed transition, or Delayed transition) All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible, readable and accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or instruction manuals. G. Voltage, Frequency and Phase Rotation Sensing 1 Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources (as noted below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities (values shown as % of nominal unless otherwise specified) Pickup/Reset Parameter Sources Dropout/Trip ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13- 11 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland Undervoltage N&E,34 70 to 98% 85 to 100% Overvoltage N&E,34) 102 to 115% 2% below trip Underfrequency N&E 85 to 98% 90 to 100% Overfrequency N&E 102 to 110% 2% below trip Voltage unbalance N&E 5 to 20% 1% below dropout 2. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within ± 0 5% over an operating temperature range of-20°C to 60°C 3. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1% increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via serial communications port access. 4 The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or through the serial port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the normal and emergency sources. The source shall be considered unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected (ABC or CBA) 5 Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency to provide digital readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and phase rotation H Time Delays 1 An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and engine starting signals. 2. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes, for controlled timing of transfer of loads to emergency 3 Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be provided on re-transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual normal power failures and the other for the test mode function The time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the normal source is acceptable 4 A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. 5 A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an external relay(s)for selective load disconnect control. The controller shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay in any of the following modes. a. Prior to transfer only b. Prior to and after transfer c. Normal to emergency only d. Emergency to normal only e. Normal to emergency and emergency to normal f All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available. Additional Features 1 A three position momentary-type test switch shall be provided for the test / automatic/ reset modes. The test position will simulate a normal source failure. The reset position shall bypass the time delays on either transfer to emergency or retransfer to normal. 2. A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low-voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the normal source restores before the load is transferred. 3 Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided consisting of one contact, closed when the ATS is connected to the normal source and one contact closed, when the ATS is connected to the emergency source. ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13- 12 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 4 LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided, one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when the ATS is connected to the emergency source(red). 5 LED indicating lights (16 mm industrial grade, type 12) shall be provided and energized by controller outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and reset settings for each source. a. The following features shall be built-in to the controller, but capable of being activated through keypad programming or the serial port only when required by the user 1) Provide the ability to select "commit/no commit to transfer' to determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to accept the load. 2) Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal the ATS to transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which open to inhibit transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both of these inhibit signals can be activated through the keypad or serial port. 3) An lnphase monitor shall be provided in the controller The monitor shall control transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed normal starting currents, and shall not require external control of power sources. The inphase monitor shall be specifically designed for and be the product of the ATS manufacturer The inphase monitor shall be equal to ASCO Feature 27 J Engine Exerciser The controller shall provide an internal engine exerciser The engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to seven different exercise routines. For each routine, the user shall be able to. 1 Enable or disable the routine. 2. Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine. 3 Set the start time, -time of day -day of week -week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every) 4 Set the duration of the run At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load back to normal and run the generator for the specified cool down period A 10-year life battery that supplies power to the real time clock in the event of a power loss will maintain all time and date information. K. Withstand and Close-On Ratings 1 The ATS shall be rated to close on and withstand the available RMS symmetrical short circuit current at the ATS terminals with the type of overcurrent protection shown on the plans. 2. The ATS shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 1008 and be labeled in accordance with that standard's 1% and 3 cycle, long-time ratings. ATSs which are not tested and labeled with 1% and 3 cycle (any breaker) ratings and have series, or specific breaker ratings only, are not acceptable. L. Tests and Certification 1 The complete ATS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13- 13 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P21.13900ME City of Pearland that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. M Service Representation 1 The ATS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of company-employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United States. The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide all work required for a complete system, including complete system testing and checkout. The installation of this system shall comply with the directions and recommendations of authorized factory representatives. 3.2 EMERGENCY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. All boxes, and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels) for emergency circuits shall be permanently marked so they will be readily identified as a component of an emergency circuit or system. Emergency circuits shall be specially marked and shall be run in raceway separate from normal powered circuits. All distribution equipment shall be specifically indicated "EMERGENCY" on the equipment nametag Color code for emergency markings and all nametags shall be RED 3.3 COMMISSIONING SERVICE A. A final inspection and an initial startup of the system shall be rendered by the authorized factory representatives. B A letter of certification written by the authorized factory representatives, which states that the system is properly installed and does properly function as recommended by the factory and as described in this specification, shall be submitted to the Architect for his approval. C A test run shall be performed by the authorized factory representative in the presence of the Owner, Architect and Engineer; the time of this test run shall be mutually agreed upon by all persons concerned. This test run may, but is not required to, coincide with other testing requirements described in this section. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General. Provide all labor required for a complete installation. B Mounting Anchor on a four (4) inch concrete pad with bolts and elasto-rib vibration isolators. Pad shall extend a minimum of 18 inches from each side of the generator set skid. 3.5 CONSUMABLES A. Refuel during testing as required. After all tests have been performed, fuel tanks shall be filled before system is accepted by Owner Check oil, coolant, batteries, filters and other consumables. Top off and replace as necessary to leave engine-generator set at full capacity for all consumables. B Recommend fuel additives to prevent fuel gelling in the case of freezing temperatures. Additives to be kept on site ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13- 14 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 3.6 TESTING A. Factory Testing: The engine generator shall be tested at the factory, demonstrating its performance at full rated load. A certified copy of the test report shall accompany the unit to the field and shall be made available to the building official and copied to the Architect and Engineer B Field Testing Conduct tests of the system as required by NEC Article 700 in the presence of the Owner, Architect, Engineer, and Code Authority having,jurisdiction The engine generator set shall demonstrate the actual sequencing of all load onto the generation unit and shall carry the building emergency loads, including any elevator(s), for a minimum period of two (2) hours. Contractor shall insure that all emergency loads are operational before scheduling this test. Test times shall be mutually agreed upon by all persons concerned. 3.7 SYSTEM GROUNDING A. The emergency power system generator output shall be grounded as a separately derived system according to the requirements of the Section titled GROUNDING. Bond the generator neutral to the generator ground 3.8 SIGNS A. Refer to Section 16075, Electrical Identification for Sign Requirements. B Service Entrance. A sign shall be placed at the normal power service entrance indicating location of the emergency power engine-generator set. C Generator Provide a sign arranged to be prominent and legible at the set control panel Sign shall be an OSHA orange WARNING sign plus text. Sign text shall be "Warning - This equipment starts automatically Disconnect all sources of supply and load before servicing", or similar approved text. D Fuel Tank: Provide a "Caution - No Smoking" sign on the housing. Sign shall be an OSHA yellow caution sign with text and graphic no-smoking symbol. Provide sign per NFPA 110 Sect. 5 9 7 at both generator gas shut-off valve and building gas shut-off valve to indicate that there is another valve. 3.9 REMOTE WIRING A. General. Provide raceway, wiring and control cables from generator control panel to remote points. Underground conduits may be direct buried without concrete encasement if a red plastic warning tape is installed above each conduit. B Remote Points: 1 Engine-Generator Remote Panel 2. Automatic Transfer Switches 3 Automatic Battery Charger Provide dc wiring from remote charger to battery rack at engine-generator set. Size wire for maximum 2 percent dc voltage drop at full load 4 Generator control power 120V branch circuit. 5. Engine water jacket heater branch circuit. 6 Outdoor generator housing: battery rack warming jacket 120V branch circuit. ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13 - 15 LEAF Engineers Cowart Creek Pump Station Generator Project No. P2113900ME City of Pearland 7 Outdoor generator housing generator strip heater 120V branch circuit. One circuit may serve both jacket heater and generator heater if total load including voltage drop is less than 80%circuit ampacity 8. Elevator Controllers; (Signals shall be taken from ATS). 9 Building Automation System (BAS); (BAS wires to the ATS) 10 Building Security System 11 Emergency Lighting Automatic Transfer Switches END OF SECTION 26 3213 ENGINE GENERATORS 26 32 13- 16